vateud pilots manual

32
2010 VATSIM Europe Division Pilots Manual

Upload: andrew-tzekas

Post on 28-Oct-2015

54 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

DESCRIPTION

vateud pilots manual

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: VATEUD Pilots Manual

2010

VATSIM Europe Division

Pilots Manual

Contents

1 INTRODUCTION TO THE TRAINING MANUAL 4

11 Introduction 4

12 Conventions 5

13 Concept 5

2 PHRASEOLOGY TRAINING MANUAL 6

21 Introduction 6

22 Basics 6

221 Confirmations and Transmissions 6

222 Radio Discipline 6

223 Communication is everything 7

224 Say Again 7

225 NATOICAO Alphanumerical pronounciation 7

226 Different Categories of Messages 8

227 Establishment of Radiotelephony Contact 10

228 Call Sign 10

23 Flights under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) 10

231 Departure 11

232 Push Back and Taxi 13

233 Tower 15

234 Departure and Climb 16

235 Cruise 17

236 Approach and Descend 18

237 Types of Approaches 20

238 Landing Clearance 24

239 Taxi to Gate 24

24 Specials 25

241 Visual ClimbDescend 25

242 Emergency 25

243 Urgency Messages 26

3 COMMUNICATION 27

31 ATC 27

32 Pilots 27

33 Unicom 27

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels 27

35 Contact Mes 27

36 How to of Communication 28

37 Hints and Tips 28

38 DO 29

39 DO NOT 29

310 Read Backs 29

311 Initial Contact 30

312 Common Phraseology 30

313 WordPhrase 31

1 INTR ODU CTIO N TO THE T RAIN ING MA NUA L

11 Introduction

Since many years VACC-SAG had a Pilots Training Manual This was recently rewritten

and amended by Andreas Fuchs With his permission VATEUD PTD will translate those

documents from German to English and make them available for all European pilots

As this is a long process the manuals will be released step by step

As the German version this document is set up as a guideline for all basic knowledge that is

needed for VATSIM But English is the language that is needed in aviation ndash for education as

well as for communication

Andreas Fuchs the author of those documents is a commercial pilot and tries to bring in real

world aspects of flying Nevertheless he has managed not to get lost in details Not

everything in VATSIM is the same as in reality so some things are Nice to Know and others

are Need to Know The online environment requires certain compromises of reality Andreas

also points out these differences When you read this manual you always have to be aware

that this manual is not perfect and it does not claim to be perfect ndash in aviation many

procedures can be approached differently and all pilots learn those procedures slightly

different So all of the procedures displayed here are subject to personal preferences

If you read those first lines again you will once again see that the most important word in

aviation has already been mentioned

Communication

That is most important as it is the best way to communicate witch each other You always

have to be aware of the problem that air traffic controllers and pilots are at different places

and can only communicate with words As flight safety is the always the first priority you

always have to be aware of what the other side has on his mind

So please remember this sentence ndash print it out pin it right next to your monitor ndash the basic

principle of aviation is

if I do not understand something

if I am not able to follow an instruction

if I am not familiar with something

if I am in doubt even if it sounds most stupid

I will ask

what I say has to be as clear as possible

12 Conventions

First of all we should make sure you will find your way in this manual we should be clear

about the conventions used in this text

Bold plus italic means important information that needs to be emphasized Those do not

claim to be complete there are possibly many things that are important but now marked as

such

13 Concept

The manual is built on a modular basis Each larger topic basically is its own little manual It

is suitable if you want to learn on your own but also as an addition to the pilot training

programme organized by your local Pilot Training Department and which would be the best

mix of theory and practice

Important we want to emphasise that for practical training you should use small ldquoback

alleyrdquo airfields so that training does not interfere with regular traffic at large airports The

examples will sometimes use bigger airports but perhaps you should not fly from London to

Paris during peak time when you are online for the first time

We want to conclude this introduction with a small detail Your flight simulator should be

configured to International ndash US-american so we donrsquot get mixed up with different units

(feet and meters Celsius and Fahrenheit)

We wish all of you success and fun at training If you find any mistakes feel free to contact

us Wersquore looking forward to it as we want to improve the manual constantly

Yours

The VATEUD Pilot Training Department Team

2 PHRA SEO LO GY TRAI NIN G MA NUAL

21 Introduction

In aviation people from many different countries get together This makes communication

between Air Traffic Control (ATC) and flight crews pretty difficult as many different

languages and knowledge of foreign languages collide To prevent misunderstandings and to

ensure safety in aviation it is very important to base all communication on standardized

phrases During the next chapters we shall cover and look at the phrases you might encounter

during different phases of your flight

22 Basics

Radio traffic for flights under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) must be conducted in one of the

ICAO (International Civil Aviation Organization) officially approved languages These are

English French Spanish Russian Chinese and Arabic

For flights under Visual Flight Rules (VFR) the local language may also be used for

communications Deviations from these regulations may be found in the AIPrsquos

(Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP) of their respective countries since

there are simply too many special rules to address them all in this document

You should always pay attention to the fact that colloquial language is used In addition you

should not speak too fast but also not too slowly ndash a well-balanced speech tempo is

important This also counts to the volume and clearness of the pronunciation

221 Confirmations and Transmissions

Air-traffic controllers and pilots work together in a team and usually communicate using a

VHF radio device The air-traffic controller gives instructions and advices to the pilots The

crew must confirm these with a so-called read back to show to the air-traffic controller that

the instruction was understood and the air-traffic controller can correct possible mistakes A

read back is basically mandatory for everything that contains figures Exceptions are only

information about wind and weather They do not stand for instructions in the real sense

Instructions that are not repeated by the pilot do count as not transmitted

222 Radio Discipline

It is very important to maintain discipline in radio traffic especially in high traffic situations

where frequency time is short During phases of high traffic the restricted time for

transmitting is used efficiently The pilots must listen carefully to the radio to be able to

answer the instructions fast and dont miss an announcement In addition pilots and ATC

alike must avoid overlapping of radio messages If a pilot switches to a new frequency he

should first listen to the radio carefully He has to wait until a gap arises and all

communication strings with other pilots have been finished A communication string consists

of both an instruction AND a read-back

223 Communication is everything

Despite set phrases and many standardised procedures there are always situations in which

pilots are not sure what the air-traffic controller just meant It is essential that air-traffic

controller and pilot are talking about the same thing If anything is unclear an enquiry is

mandatory it is just the same as in all other areas of life Communication is everything

People talking to each other will usually get along very well This simple fact also applies to

pilots and ATC ndash on ground and in the air

224 Say Again

There are two magic words that are always a correct answer to an instruction Say again If

you want to be polite you can add the word please Please say again

A basic principle If the receiver did not understand the complete transmission clearly then

the only correct read back is always say again This is a global rule It is one of the most

important circuit breakers against misunderstandings and resulting incidents Please print and

frame this and nail it next to your PC or bed

225 NATOICAO Alphanumerical pronounciation

In Aviation all letters are designed via the NATOICAO alphabet You donrsquot call an A an A

but say Alpha

A Alpha AL fah B Bravo BRAH

VOH

C Charlie CHAR lee D Delta DELL tah

E Echo ECK oh F Foxtrot FOKS trot

G Golf GOLF H Hotel hoh TELL

I India IN dee ah J Juliet JEW lee

ETT

K Kilo KEY loh L Lima LEE mah

M Mike MIKE N November no VEM

ber

O Oscar OSS cah P Papa pah PAH

Q Quebec keh BECK R Romeo ROW me

oh

S Sierra see AIR rah T Tango TANG go

U Uniform YOU nee

form V Victor VIK tah

W Whiskey WISS key X Xray ECKS

RAY

Y Yankee YANG key Z Zulu ZOO loo

Numbers are generally pronounced in single digits for example Iberia 123 is not pronounced

as Iberia Hundred and twenty three but as Iberia one two three

We say generally as this applies in Europe however in the USA the opposite is the general

rule

The exception to this rule is that numbers which end on even Hundreds or Thousands are

pronounced as such for example 500 is not pronounced five zero zero but as five hundred

the same would apply to 5000 or 5500

Again numbers same as with letters are pronounced slightly differently to what we use in

normal communication

0 Zero ZEE-RO 1 One WUN

2 Two TOO 3 Three TREE

4 Four FOW-ER 5 Five FIFE

6 Six SIX 7 Seven SEV-EN

8 Eight AIT 9 Nine NIN-ER

226 Different Categories of Messages

Different categories of transmissions exist Since not everything a pilot or controller wants to

share is of the same importance a clearly structured order of priority has been set up which

needs to be adhered to at all times

1) Distress Messages

2) Urgency Messages

3) Messages relating to direction finding

4) Flight Safety Messages

5) Meteorological Messages

6) Flight Regularity Messages

7) State Telegrams

2261 Distress Messages

Distress Calls affect airplanes and their occupants which are in immediate danger and need

help ASAP To indicate an emergency situation the phrase Mayday shall be used

2262 Urgency Messages

Urgency Messages are transmissions related to aircraft safety They can be made for the

own or another aircraft using the phrase Pan-pan

2263 Messages relating to Direction

Messages relating to direction finding are messages for transmission of direction finding

values (what a surprise)

2264 Flight Safety Messages

Flight Safety Messages are the most common transmissions These are the transmissions

made during air traffic control an aircrafts position report or pilot reports that are important

for the flight

2265 Meteorological Messages

The name actually tells you everything ndash in this category of transmission someone passes on

weather information

2266 Flight Regularity Messages

This category covers all transmissions concerning maintenance changes in an aircrafts

operation schedule non-routine landings or similar They are transmitted either on the

frequencies of Flight Information Service or a different dedicated frequency in order to

prevent the distraction of ATC

2267 State Telegrams

A State Telegram is when a head of state or a proxy needs to send a message from an air

plane These transmissions are either done on the frequencies of Flight Information Service

or different dedicated frequency in order to prevent the distraction of ATC Obviously this is

a type of message that does not happen on VATSIM

227 Establishment of Radiotelephony Contact

The pilot always establishes initial radio contact He changes to a new frequency and has to

make an initial call If you are on the ground this initial call consists of the call sign of the

station youre trying to reach your own call sign and the position you are moving to Once

airborne you have to state your current altitude and if different the altitude you are cleared

to There is no need to report your position when airborne As you can see an initial call is

short and includes all necessary information You dont have to tell the controller your

heading shoe size or age ndash he just does not care about that kind of information

Pilot Palma Ground good morning Scandinavian 123 on taxiway Alpha

hellipand in the air

Pilot Marseilles Control Air France 123 FL125 for FL110

228 Call Sign

Each transmission has to include your own call sign in order to let the person at the other

end know who has just spoken or transmitted a message There is absolutely no exception to

this rule During an initial call the call sign of the called station is at the beginning followed

by the own call sign In later phases of flight the controller always puts our call sign at the

beginning followed by his instructions During your read-back you have two options either

you put your call sign at the beginning or in the end ndash there are two philosophies for this

On the one hand you have more time to think about what you actually want to say if you put

your call sign in the beginning

On the other hand a call sign at the end of a transmission indicated to other pilots on the

frequency that our transmission block with the controller is completed and that the frequency

is free for use by others at this time

As you see there are good arguments for both options ndash you have to find out on your own

which suits you more In all the following phraseology examples we will say our call sign at

the beginning

23 Flights under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR)

On the following pages we are going to cover an IFR flight from initial contact with ATC to

finally parking the aircraft at the destination airport looking at all possible phrases you might

encounter We will use a short domestic flight from Frankfurt to Munich as an example This

flight will be done as DLH123 Lufthansa 123 Our routing leads us via Dinkelsbuehl and the

airway T104 to the way-point BURAM at which point our STAR begins The route filed in

our flight plan should look like this

DKB5S DKB T104 BURAM BURAM1M

We know from the airport information sheet that departures to DKB should preferably use

runway 18 for departure so we file an SID from this runway and hope that ATC is not going

to make us change active runway Our cruising altitude for this flight will be FL210

For didactic matters you wont be able to redo this flight exactly as we show it here because

you will most probably not encounter the full load of different situations covered in the next

chapters Please also note that there is nothing polite in phraseology by the book No good

mornings no good byes We will not use any phrases like this in this document but you can

be sure that every ATC be it in the online or the real world appreciates any greetings

231 Departure

Before departure we filed our flight plan (see chapter Flight Planning) and all flight

preparations have been made We begin at gate A32 in Frankfurt

2311 At the Gate (ATIS)

First we check the ATIS (Automatic terminal Information Service) on the specific frequency

in this case 118025 The ATIS besides information on weather also includes the active

runways for departure and landing and other abnormal conditions To make each ATIS

unique it is designated with a letter connected to the specific message you listen to in our

case we heard Information Alpha

2312 At the Gate (Start-Up)

Before each IFR flight the pilot has to obtain the approval to start his engines the so called

start-up This does not mean that the pilot should or even had to start his engines

immediately It just means that ATC does not foresee departure delays of more than 20

minutes in reference to the planned departure time The actual act of starting the engines is

done in cooperation between the flight crew and the ground crew serving the aircraft

Important Pilots should always include the ATIS designator on initial contact with a local

ATC station In some reasons you will also have to include more details on your flight like

your aircraft type or the QNH

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information Alpha request start-up

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery Alpha is correct Start-up is approved

Pilot Start-up approved Lufthansa 123

2313 At the Gate (En Route Clearance)

A flight following instrumental flight rules (IFR) always needs a flight plan which must be

filed with air traffic control (see Flight Planning) Before departure this flight plan has to be

approved by the responsible ATC station Large airports have a dedicated station for this the

so-called Clearance Delivery On smaller airports this task may be done by the local Ground

or Tower controller

You will often get the En-Route Clearance together with the start-up approval so you should

be prepared to get your en-route clearance together with the start-up clearance without a

notice ndash Keyword Pen and Paper

An en-route clearance always has the same structure First you will be cleared to your

destination airport followed by the assigned departure route and sometimes the departure

runway (as long as this is not clearly defined by the departure route itself) Finally there will

be additional information given if the rest of the route is accepted and cleared according to

the flight plan or if there are any changes to the further routing Those changes can become

quite extensive thats why I want to give you ndash again - the advice to have a pen and paper

ready At the end of the clearance ATC assigns you a transponder code the so-called

Squawk which you have to enter into your transponder (this code makes ATCs Secondary

Surveillance Radar able to identify your flight and to correlate your target with your flight

plan)

After the pilots read back of the full clearance ATC will usually confirm that the read back

was correct and complete

Depending on the airport and country you will get your start-up approval right with the en-

route clearance

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 request IFR-clearance to EDDM

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight

planned route squawk 2101

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Or with start-up

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via

DKB5S departure flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot

a) Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight planned

route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

b) Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Pilot

a) Start up approved Lufthansa 123

b) -

2314 At the Gate (Vectored Departure)

Sometimes when a pilot does not know how to follow a standardized departure route ATC

will use Vectored Departures So what does that mean It just means that the pilot gets

specific instructions on what to do after take off The radar controller will make sure that the

pilot finds his routing later using vectors Proceed Direct SOMETHING or similar

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain

runway track climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency

120050 squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain runway track

climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency 120050

squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

2315 At the Gate (Detailed Departure Instruction)

ATC can should a pilot not know the SID also read the whole SID to the pilot Please make

sure you never need to get this service by reading your charts carefully

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when airborne

maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800 feet or 12

DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when

airborne maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800

feet or 12 DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

232 Push Back and Taxi

2321 Push-Back

If you are located at a gate from which you cannot simply taxi straight out from you need to

obtain approval for push-back from Ground Control

Pilot Frankfurt Apron Lufthansa 123 gate A32 request push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Apron push-back approved

Pilot Lufthansa 123 push-back approved

This push-back instruction can be extended to for example include a direction or the length

of the push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved facing east perform a long push into taxiway

Mike

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved perform a u-turn into position A34

As there is a nearly endless pool of options for ground controllers there are not always

standard phrases ndash it is important that pilot and ATC do understand each other As in all

flight phases Communication is everything

If an instruction is not clear you simply ask Say again

2322 Taxi

After push-back or if you are parked at a position from which you can taxi straight out after

engine start you obviously have to get to the runway Designated taxiways lead you there

The task of Ground Control will be done by different stations depending on the airport and

Location of the aircraft at that airport In our example Frankfurt Apron is our first station the

Tower will take over later

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 taxiing to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Now that we are moving ATC has even more possibilities to differ from such easy taxi

instructions as seen before He could for example let us stop before a certain taxiway which

we will cross

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of Quebec traffic will be a Cargo Lux Boeing 747 moving right to left

It is very important for a pilot to always know what happens around him Thats why he

should thoughtfully listen to radio chatter between ATC and other aircraft and of course keep

his eyes out Controllers often help by issuing traffic information

2323 Progressive Taxi

Should you not know your way around an airport or get lost there is the option to ask for

progressive taxi ATC will then advise the pilot where to go

If you get lost and cant solve the situation on your own you can demand this kind of help

from ATC This is always a better solution than strolling around on the apron just because

youre too proud to ask for help

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger expect progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn left now

Pilot Turning left Lufthansa 123

ATC Lufthansa 123 the second taxiway to your right is November Follow

November to holding point runway 18

Pilot Will turn second taxiway to the right follow November to holding point runway

18 Lufthansa 123

2324 Conditional Clearances

ATC can attach further instructions to traffic information for example to let another aircraft

pass and taxi behind it It is very important that you have this traffic in sight if not you have

to inform the controller immediately

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 unable traffic not in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger in this case hold short of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will give way to Air Berlin Boeing 737 on November

233 Tower

When approaching the runway or latest when we reach the holding point Ground will hand

us off to the Tower controller who is responsible for all movements on the runways and

issues all clearances (landing and take off crossing a runway etc)

ATC Lufthansa 123 contact Tower on frequency 119900

Pilot Lufthansa 123 contacting Tower on frequency 119900

Depending on where we are and if we are ready for departure there are different possibilities

for the initial call on the tower frequency

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 approaching runway 18

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 at holding point runway 18 ready for departure

2331 Line Up and Conditional Clearance

The Tower Controller may only give landing and take-off clearances under certain

circumstances one of which being that the runway must be clear of all other traffic The

Tower Controller has some tools with which to separate traffic very effectively and to keep a

steady traffic flow They could have us line up on the runway and wait there

ATC Lufthansa 123 line up runway 18 and wait

Pilot Lufthansa 123 lining up runway 18 and waiting

They can also instruct us to line up behind another aircraft In that case they give us our

clearance to line up even if it would not have been our time They do not have to pray that

the frequency is clear when our actual time comes ndash that makes their work much more

effective

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 lining up runway 18 and waiting

behind

It is very important for us to properly identify the traffic that the tower controller indicated to

us and to keep it in sight at all times Should we not see the traffic the conditional clearance

is invalid ndash we have to immediately inform ATC who will then figure out another clearance

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 negative traffic not in sight

Sometimes ATC ldquoshowsrdquo you the traffic and only gives you the clearance after you

confirmed visual contact

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 on short final runway 25R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 line up runway 25R and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 lining up runway 25R and waiting

behind

2332 Take off Clearance

Now that the runway is cleared we get our take-off clearance The structure and the

information given are always the same

ATC Lufthansa 123 wind 180 degrees 10 knots runway 18 cleared for take off

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 18 cleared for take off

You dont have to read back the wind information as this serves only as an information to the

pilot

234 Departure and Climb

At some airports we have to contact departure ourselves At other airports tower will give the

instruction to call departure with the known phraseology (Lufthansa 123 contact departure

on frequency hellip) Because we are airborne now our current altitude is to be considered in the

next initial-calls as well as the altitude that we are cleared for In this case the altitude were

cleared for is the initial climb altitude that can be found on the charts

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 altitude 2000 feet climbing altitude 4000 feet

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb flight level 80

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climb flight level 80

The controller will identify us on the scope before he gives more instructions As soon as

radarcontact is established ATC will tells us that were bdquoIdentifiedldquo

There are several possibilities why an identification could fail Wrong transponder code

wrong setting of transponder code or a tranponder failure in our airplane The controller will

compair our reported altitude with the altitude indication on his scope If the altitudes match

the controller can separate us from other airplanes bdquoIdentifiedldquo doesnt need to be read back

The controller also could give the instruction to stop our climb before reaching the cleared

altitude

ATC Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Pilot Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Once we reach the border of a sector (either horizontally or vertically) the controller will

instruct us to contact the next station using the already known phraseology He could also tell

us to give further information to the next station eg our speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 report speed to Langen Radar frequency 127500

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will report speed to Langen Radar on frequency 127500

As always when we establish contact with a radar controller we have to report our current

altitude and if different the altitude we are cleared to ndash this is mandatory

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 FL65 for FL70 speed 250 knots

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb FL230

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL230

235 Cruise

We are now cruising along on FL230 There are some situations we may face now but all of

them may appear in other flight phases as well

2351 Proceed Direct to

ATC could give us a short cut to a certain way point It can be part of our flight plan but

does not necessarily have to

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So now we proceed to that point from our present position If the waypoint is part of our

flight plan we follow our routing after that point

This is the same instruction but packed a little differently

ATC Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So we follow our routing as planned until we reach KNG and turn towards DKB afterwards

If you dont get the name of the way point you can ask the controller to spell it (please spell

the name)

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct ANEKI Alpha November Echo Kilo India

Pilot Proceeding direct Alpha November Echo Kilo India Lufthansa 123

2352 Changes to Route

ATC can give us a different routing for a segment

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter proceed direct BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter direct BURAM

2353 Heading and Vectors

Sometimes its necessary to have us turn away from the planned route by using vectors

which are simple headings we need to follow

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn right heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 turning right heading 180

We can of course do the whole turn in the other direction as well

If ATC is not sure in which direction we need to turn he can issue an instruction without a

direction ndash we then turn in the direction where we have to turn the least

ATC Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

236 Approach and Descend

2361 Descend

Slowly but steady we get closer to our destination and want to start descending In case ATC

did not work ahead and issued a descend clearance early we can of course draw the

controllers attention to us and just ask for descend

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request descent or Lufthansa 123 ready for descent

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180

In order to control the descend ATC has a few tools that can be used

2362 Instructing a Rate

ATC can instruct you to descend with a certain vertical speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

2363 Descend Restrictions

If the controller wants us to be at a certain altitude atbehindabeambefore a specified

waypoint he gives an instruction like the following

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

This means that we have to descend in a manner to reach BURAM at FL 180 we could also

reach it earlier if we wanted The net phrase is a little more restricting as we now have to

reach FL 180 exactly at BURAM not earlier not later ndash exactly

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending to reach FL 180 at BURAM

The defined restriction does not have to be bound to a waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Sometimes a controller needs us to reach an altitude somewhere abeam a certain point In

order to follow that instruction we first need to know where that waypoint is That usually

happens when ATC issues vectors This is used if the controller needs us on a specific

altitude at a certain point and we are not following a routing or flying directly to a later

waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 abeam RENLO

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to reach level abeam RENLO

As you see its an advantage to have all charts ndash en-route charts too ndash at hand and ready If

you do not have en-route charts most FMCs available for FS offer the option to enter a

waypoint on the FIX page (or similar) and sometimes even offer to insert an ABEAM

POINT (eg PMDG 737 NG)

Another option is to delay the beginning of descend until ATC can either tell us a certain

point where we have to start our descend or give us an early descend with the option to start

it whenever we want ndash as long as we meet the restrictions ATC gives us So we can maintain

our cruising altitude as long as we want If you prefer to stay high longer and then just drop

out of the sky thats fine if you want to do a steady slow descend you can do that as well

ATC Lufthansa 123 when passing Dinkelsbuumlhel descend FL 180

ATC Lufthansa 123 when ready descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

You can find more important information on the topic descend (planning tactics execution)

in the chapter OPERATION of Flight Training

2364 Holdings

We essentially come across two main types of holdings Published and unpublished or

unknown holdings

You wont be very surprised when I tell you that there are standardized phrases for the entry

and exit of holding patterns More information on holding patterns can be found in the

chapter BASICS of Flight Training

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold at ROKIL (as published)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 holding at ROKIL (as published)

Holding patterns are not unforeseeable so ATC often prepares pilots that there will be a

holding pattern Often this includes the clearance to reduce your speed ndash perhaps you can

avoid the holding this way

ATC Lufthansa 123 expect holding at ROKIL reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 expecting hold over ROKIL reducing to minimum clean speed

As always ndash if ATC does not give us the approval to reduce speed we can just ask him But

dont do it on your own Another aircraft may be on the same level behind us

Pilot Lufthansa 123 may we reduce to minimum clean speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 reducing minimum clean

If a pilot does not know the holding he was instructed to join he has to ask for instructions

ATC will then provide the necessary information to the pilot The holding instruction will

look like this

Fix | inbound course | turn direction | leg timedistance

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request holding instructions

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold over ROKIL inbound track 128 right turns leg time 1 minute

237 Types of Approaches

Next we will establish contact with approach control This is a local control station - as we

learned earlier we have to include the ATIS designator during the initial call A good time to

listen to the ATIS is around your top of descend

Pilot Muumlnchen Arrival Lufthansa 123 FL 185 for FL 180 information Bravo

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Arrival identified Bravo is correct

2371 STAR

This is what a clearance onto a STAR looks like

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

2372 Transition (without Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 2: VATEUD Pilots Manual

Contents

1 INTRODUCTION TO THE TRAINING MANUAL 4

11 Introduction 4

12 Conventions 5

13 Concept 5

2 PHRASEOLOGY TRAINING MANUAL 6

21 Introduction 6

22 Basics 6

221 Confirmations and Transmissions 6

222 Radio Discipline 6

223 Communication is everything 7

224 Say Again 7

225 NATOICAO Alphanumerical pronounciation 7

226 Different Categories of Messages 8

227 Establishment of Radiotelephony Contact 10

228 Call Sign 10

23 Flights under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) 10

231 Departure 11

232 Push Back and Taxi 13

233 Tower 15

234 Departure and Climb 16

235 Cruise 17

236 Approach and Descend 18

237 Types of Approaches 20

238 Landing Clearance 24

239 Taxi to Gate 24

24 Specials 25

241 Visual ClimbDescend 25

242 Emergency 25

243 Urgency Messages 26

3 COMMUNICATION 27

31 ATC 27

32 Pilots 27

33 Unicom 27

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels 27

35 Contact Mes 27

36 How to of Communication 28

37 Hints and Tips 28

38 DO 29

39 DO NOT 29

310 Read Backs 29

311 Initial Contact 30

312 Common Phraseology 30

313 WordPhrase 31

1 INTR ODU CTIO N TO THE T RAIN ING MA NUA L

11 Introduction

Since many years VACC-SAG had a Pilots Training Manual This was recently rewritten

and amended by Andreas Fuchs With his permission VATEUD PTD will translate those

documents from German to English and make them available for all European pilots

As this is a long process the manuals will be released step by step

As the German version this document is set up as a guideline for all basic knowledge that is

needed for VATSIM But English is the language that is needed in aviation ndash for education as

well as for communication

Andreas Fuchs the author of those documents is a commercial pilot and tries to bring in real

world aspects of flying Nevertheless he has managed not to get lost in details Not

everything in VATSIM is the same as in reality so some things are Nice to Know and others

are Need to Know The online environment requires certain compromises of reality Andreas

also points out these differences When you read this manual you always have to be aware

that this manual is not perfect and it does not claim to be perfect ndash in aviation many

procedures can be approached differently and all pilots learn those procedures slightly

different So all of the procedures displayed here are subject to personal preferences

If you read those first lines again you will once again see that the most important word in

aviation has already been mentioned

Communication

That is most important as it is the best way to communicate witch each other You always

have to be aware of the problem that air traffic controllers and pilots are at different places

and can only communicate with words As flight safety is the always the first priority you

always have to be aware of what the other side has on his mind

So please remember this sentence ndash print it out pin it right next to your monitor ndash the basic

principle of aviation is

if I do not understand something

if I am not able to follow an instruction

if I am not familiar with something

if I am in doubt even if it sounds most stupid

I will ask

what I say has to be as clear as possible

12 Conventions

First of all we should make sure you will find your way in this manual we should be clear

about the conventions used in this text

Bold plus italic means important information that needs to be emphasized Those do not

claim to be complete there are possibly many things that are important but now marked as

such

13 Concept

The manual is built on a modular basis Each larger topic basically is its own little manual It

is suitable if you want to learn on your own but also as an addition to the pilot training

programme organized by your local Pilot Training Department and which would be the best

mix of theory and practice

Important we want to emphasise that for practical training you should use small ldquoback

alleyrdquo airfields so that training does not interfere with regular traffic at large airports The

examples will sometimes use bigger airports but perhaps you should not fly from London to

Paris during peak time when you are online for the first time

We want to conclude this introduction with a small detail Your flight simulator should be

configured to International ndash US-american so we donrsquot get mixed up with different units

(feet and meters Celsius and Fahrenheit)

We wish all of you success and fun at training If you find any mistakes feel free to contact

us Wersquore looking forward to it as we want to improve the manual constantly

Yours

The VATEUD Pilot Training Department Team

2 PHRA SEO LO GY TRAI NIN G MA NUAL

21 Introduction

In aviation people from many different countries get together This makes communication

between Air Traffic Control (ATC) and flight crews pretty difficult as many different

languages and knowledge of foreign languages collide To prevent misunderstandings and to

ensure safety in aviation it is very important to base all communication on standardized

phrases During the next chapters we shall cover and look at the phrases you might encounter

during different phases of your flight

22 Basics

Radio traffic for flights under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) must be conducted in one of the

ICAO (International Civil Aviation Organization) officially approved languages These are

English French Spanish Russian Chinese and Arabic

For flights under Visual Flight Rules (VFR) the local language may also be used for

communications Deviations from these regulations may be found in the AIPrsquos

(Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP) of their respective countries since

there are simply too many special rules to address them all in this document

You should always pay attention to the fact that colloquial language is used In addition you

should not speak too fast but also not too slowly ndash a well-balanced speech tempo is

important This also counts to the volume and clearness of the pronunciation

221 Confirmations and Transmissions

Air-traffic controllers and pilots work together in a team and usually communicate using a

VHF radio device The air-traffic controller gives instructions and advices to the pilots The

crew must confirm these with a so-called read back to show to the air-traffic controller that

the instruction was understood and the air-traffic controller can correct possible mistakes A

read back is basically mandatory for everything that contains figures Exceptions are only

information about wind and weather They do not stand for instructions in the real sense

Instructions that are not repeated by the pilot do count as not transmitted

222 Radio Discipline

It is very important to maintain discipline in radio traffic especially in high traffic situations

where frequency time is short During phases of high traffic the restricted time for

transmitting is used efficiently The pilots must listen carefully to the radio to be able to

answer the instructions fast and dont miss an announcement In addition pilots and ATC

alike must avoid overlapping of radio messages If a pilot switches to a new frequency he

should first listen to the radio carefully He has to wait until a gap arises and all

communication strings with other pilots have been finished A communication string consists

of both an instruction AND a read-back

223 Communication is everything

Despite set phrases and many standardised procedures there are always situations in which

pilots are not sure what the air-traffic controller just meant It is essential that air-traffic

controller and pilot are talking about the same thing If anything is unclear an enquiry is

mandatory it is just the same as in all other areas of life Communication is everything

People talking to each other will usually get along very well This simple fact also applies to

pilots and ATC ndash on ground and in the air

224 Say Again

There are two magic words that are always a correct answer to an instruction Say again If

you want to be polite you can add the word please Please say again

A basic principle If the receiver did not understand the complete transmission clearly then

the only correct read back is always say again This is a global rule It is one of the most

important circuit breakers against misunderstandings and resulting incidents Please print and

frame this and nail it next to your PC or bed

225 NATOICAO Alphanumerical pronounciation

In Aviation all letters are designed via the NATOICAO alphabet You donrsquot call an A an A

but say Alpha

A Alpha AL fah B Bravo BRAH

VOH

C Charlie CHAR lee D Delta DELL tah

E Echo ECK oh F Foxtrot FOKS trot

G Golf GOLF H Hotel hoh TELL

I India IN dee ah J Juliet JEW lee

ETT

K Kilo KEY loh L Lima LEE mah

M Mike MIKE N November no VEM

ber

O Oscar OSS cah P Papa pah PAH

Q Quebec keh BECK R Romeo ROW me

oh

S Sierra see AIR rah T Tango TANG go

U Uniform YOU nee

form V Victor VIK tah

W Whiskey WISS key X Xray ECKS

RAY

Y Yankee YANG key Z Zulu ZOO loo

Numbers are generally pronounced in single digits for example Iberia 123 is not pronounced

as Iberia Hundred and twenty three but as Iberia one two three

We say generally as this applies in Europe however in the USA the opposite is the general

rule

The exception to this rule is that numbers which end on even Hundreds or Thousands are

pronounced as such for example 500 is not pronounced five zero zero but as five hundred

the same would apply to 5000 or 5500

Again numbers same as with letters are pronounced slightly differently to what we use in

normal communication

0 Zero ZEE-RO 1 One WUN

2 Two TOO 3 Three TREE

4 Four FOW-ER 5 Five FIFE

6 Six SIX 7 Seven SEV-EN

8 Eight AIT 9 Nine NIN-ER

226 Different Categories of Messages

Different categories of transmissions exist Since not everything a pilot or controller wants to

share is of the same importance a clearly structured order of priority has been set up which

needs to be adhered to at all times

1) Distress Messages

2) Urgency Messages

3) Messages relating to direction finding

4) Flight Safety Messages

5) Meteorological Messages

6) Flight Regularity Messages

7) State Telegrams

2261 Distress Messages

Distress Calls affect airplanes and their occupants which are in immediate danger and need

help ASAP To indicate an emergency situation the phrase Mayday shall be used

2262 Urgency Messages

Urgency Messages are transmissions related to aircraft safety They can be made for the

own or another aircraft using the phrase Pan-pan

2263 Messages relating to Direction

Messages relating to direction finding are messages for transmission of direction finding

values (what a surprise)

2264 Flight Safety Messages

Flight Safety Messages are the most common transmissions These are the transmissions

made during air traffic control an aircrafts position report or pilot reports that are important

for the flight

2265 Meteorological Messages

The name actually tells you everything ndash in this category of transmission someone passes on

weather information

2266 Flight Regularity Messages

This category covers all transmissions concerning maintenance changes in an aircrafts

operation schedule non-routine landings or similar They are transmitted either on the

frequencies of Flight Information Service or a different dedicated frequency in order to

prevent the distraction of ATC

2267 State Telegrams

A State Telegram is when a head of state or a proxy needs to send a message from an air

plane These transmissions are either done on the frequencies of Flight Information Service

or different dedicated frequency in order to prevent the distraction of ATC Obviously this is

a type of message that does not happen on VATSIM

227 Establishment of Radiotelephony Contact

The pilot always establishes initial radio contact He changes to a new frequency and has to

make an initial call If you are on the ground this initial call consists of the call sign of the

station youre trying to reach your own call sign and the position you are moving to Once

airborne you have to state your current altitude and if different the altitude you are cleared

to There is no need to report your position when airborne As you can see an initial call is

short and includes all necessary information You dont have to tell the controller your

heading shoe size or age ndash he just does not care about that kind of information

Pilot Palma Ground good morning Scandinavian 123 on taxiway Alpha

hellipand in the air

Pilot Marseilles Control Air France 123 FL125 for FL110

228 Call Sign

Each transmission has to include your own call sign in order to let the person at the other

end know who has just spoken or transmitted a message There is absolutely no exception to

this rule During an initial call the call sign of the called station is at the beginning followed

by the own call sign In later phases of flight the controller always puts our call sign at the

beginning followed by his instructions During your read-back you have two options either

you put your call sign at the beginning or in the end ndash there are two philosophies for this

On the one hand you have more time to think about what you actually want to say if you put

your call sign in the beginning

On the other hand a call sign at the end of a transmission indicated to other pilots on the

frequency that our transmission block with the controller is completed and that the frequency

is free for use by others at this time

As you see there are good arguments for both options ndash you have to find out on your own

which suits you more In all the following phraseology examples we will say our call sign at

the beginning

23 Flights under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR)

On the following pages we are going to cover an IFR flight from initial contact with ATC to

finally parking the aircraft at the destination airport looking at all possible phrases you might

encounter We will use a short domestic flight from Frankfurt to Munich as an example This

flight will be done as DLH123 Lufthansa 123 Our routing leads us via Dinkelsbuehl and the

airway T104 to the way-point BURAM at which point our STAR begins The route filed in

our flight plan should look like this

DKB5S DKB T104 BURAM BURAM1M

We know from the airport information sheet that departures to DKB should preferably use

runway 18 for departure so we file an SID from this runway and hope that ATC is not going

to make us change active runway Our cruising altitude for this flight will be FL210

For didactic matters you wont be able to redo this flight exactly as we show it here because

you will most probably not encounter the full load of different situations covered in the next

chapters Please also note that there is nothing polite in phraseology by the book No good

mornings no good byes We will not use any phrases like this in this document but you can

be sure that every ATC be it in the online or the real world appreciates any greetings

231 Departure

Before departure we filed our flight plan (see chapter Flight Planning) and all flight

preparations have been made We begin at gate A32 in Frankfurt

2311 At the Gate (ATIS)

First we check the ATIS (Automatic terminal Information Service) on the specific frequency

in this case 118025 The ATIS besides information on weather also includes the active

runways for departure and landing and other abnormal conditions To make each ATIS

unique it is designated with a letter connected to the specific message you listen to in our

case we heard Information Alpha

2312 At the Gate (Start-Up)

Before each IFR flight the pilot has to obtain the approval to start his engines the so called

start-up This does not mean that the pilot should or even had to start his engines

immediately It just means that ATC does not foresee departure delays of more than 20

minutes in reference to the planned departure time The actual act of starting the engines is

done in cooperation between the flight crew and the ground crew serving the aircraft

Important Pilots should always include the ATIS designator on initial contact with a local

ATC station In some reasons you will also have to include more details on your flight like

your aircraft type or the QNH

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information Alpha request start-up

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery Alpha is correct Start-up is approved

Pilot Start-up approved Lufthansa 123

2313 At the Gate (En Route Clearance)

A flight following instrumental flight rules (IFR) always needs a flight plan which must be

filed with air traffic control (see Flight Planning) Before departure this flight plan has to be

approved by the responsible ATC station Large airports have a dedicated station for this the

so-called Clearance Delivery On smaller airports this task may be done by the local Ground

or Tower controller

You will often get the En-Route Clearance together with the start-up approval so you should

be prepared to get your en-route clearance together with the start-up clearance without a

notice ndash Keyword Pen and Paper

An en-route clearance always has the same structure First you will be cleared to your

destination airport followed by the assigned departure route and sometimes the departure

runway (as long as this is not clearly defined by the departure route itself) Finally there will

be additional information given if the rest of the route is accepted and cleared according to

the flight plan or if there are any changes to the further routing Those changes can become

quite extensive thats why I want to give you ndash again - the advice to have a pen and paper

ready At the end of the clearance ATC assigns you a transponder code the so-called

Squawk which you have to enter into your transponder (this code makes ATCs Secondary

Surveillance Radar able to identify your flight and to correlate your target with your flight

plan)

After the pilots read back of the full clearance ATC will usually confirm that the read back

was correct and complete

Depending on the airport and country you will get your start-up approval right with the en-

route clearance

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 request IFR-clearance to EDDM

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight

planned route squawk 2101

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Or with start-up

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via

DKB5S departure flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot

a) Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight planned

route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

b) Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Pilot

a) Start up approved Lufthansa 123

b) -

2314 At the Gate (Vectored Departure)

Sometimes when a pilot does not know how to follow a standardized departure route ATC

will use Vectored Departures So what does that mean It just means that the pilot gets

specific instructions on what to do after take off The radar controller will make sure that the

pilot finds his routing later using vectors Proceed Direct SOMETHING or similar

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain

runway track climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency

120050 squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain runway track

climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency 120050

squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

2315 At the Gate (Detailed Departure Instruction)

ATC can should a pilot not know the SID also read the whole SID to the pilot Please make

sure you never need to get this service by reading your charts carefully

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when airborne

maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800 feet or 12

DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when

airborne maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800

feet or 12 DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

232 Push Back and Taxi

2321 Push-Back

If you are located at a gate from which you cannot simply taxi straight out from you need to

obtain approval for push-back from Ground Control

Pilot Frankfurt Apron Lufthansa 123 gate A32 request push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Apron push-back approved

Pilot Lufthansa 123 push-back approved

This push-back instruction can be extended to for example include a direction or the length

of the push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved facing east perform a long push into taxiway

Mike

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved perform a u-turn into position A34

As there is a nearly endless pool of options for ground controllers there are not always

standard phrases ndash it is important that pilot and ATC do understand each other As in all

flight phases Communication is everything

If an instruction is not clear you simply ask Say again

2322 Taxi

After push-back or if you are parked at a position from which you can taxi straight out after

engine start you obviously have to get to the runway Designated taxiways lead you there

The task of Ground Control will be done by different stations depending on the airport and

Location of the aircraft at that airport In our example Frankfurt Apron is our first station the

Tower will take over later

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 taxiing to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Now that we are moving ATC has even more possibilities to differ from such easy taxi

instructions as seen before He could for example let us stop before a certain taxiway which

we will cross

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of Quebec traffic will be a Cargo Lux Boeing 747 moving right to left

It is very important for a pilot to always know what happens around him Thats why he

should thoughtfully listen to radio chatter between ATC and other aircraft and of course keep

his eyes out Controllers often help by issuing traffic information

2323 Progressive Taxi

Should you not know your way around an airport or get lost there is the option to ask for

progressive taxi ATC will then advise the pilot where to go

If you get lost and cant solve the situation on your own you can demand this kind of help

from ATC This is always a better solution than strolling around on the apron just because

youre too proud to ask for help

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger expect progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn left now

Pilot Turning left Lufthansa 123

ATC Lufthansa 123 the second taxiway to your right is November Follow

November to holding point runway 18

Pilot Will turn second taxiway to the right follow November to holding point runway

18 Lufthansa 123

2324 Conditional Clearances

ATC can attach further instructions to traffic information for example to let another aircraft

pass and taxi behind it It is very important that you have this traffic in sight if not you have

to inform the controller immediately

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 unable traffic not in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger in this case hold short of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will give way to Air Berlin Boeing 737 on November

233 Tower

When approaching the runway or latest when we reach the holding point Ground will hand

us off to the Tower controller who is responsible for all movements on the runways and

issues all clearances (landing and take off crossing a runway etc)

ATC Lufthansa 123 contact Tower on frequency 119900

Pilot Lufthansa 123 contacting Tower on frequency 119900

Depending on where we are and if we are ready for departure there are different possibilities

for the initial call on the tower frequency

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 approaching runway 18

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 at holding point runway 18 ready for departure

2331 Line Up and Conditional Clearance

The Tower Controller may only give landing and take-off clearances under certain

circumstances one of which being that the runway must be clear of all other traffic The

Tower Controller has some tools with which to separate traffic very effectively and to keep a

steady traffic flow They could have us line up on the runway and wait there

ATC Lufthansa 123 line up runway 18 and wait

Pilot Lufthansa 123 lining up runway 18 and waiting

They can also instruct us to line up behind another aircraft In that case they give us our

clearance to line up even if it would not have been our time They do not have to pray that

the frequency is clear when our actual time comes ndash that makes their work much more

effective

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 lining up runway 18 and waiting

behind

It is very important for us to properly identify the traffic that the tower controller indicated to

us and to keep it in sight at all times Should we not see the traffic the conditional clearance

is invalid ndash we have to immediately inform ATC who will then figure out another clearance

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 negative traffic not in sight

Sometimes ATC ldquoshowsrdquo you the traffic and only gives you the clearance after you

confirmed visual contact

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 on short final runway 25R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 line up runway 25R and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 lining up runway 25R and waiting

behind

2332 Take off Clearance

Now that the runway is cleared we get our take-off clearance The structure and the

information given are always the same

ATC Lufthansa 123 wind 180 degrees 10 knots runway 18 cleared for take off

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 18 cleared for take off

You dont have to read back the wind information as this serves only as an information to the

pilot

234 Departure and Climb

At some airports we have to contact departure ourselves At other airports tower will give the

instruction to call departure with the known phraseology (Lufthansa 123 contact departure

on frequency hellip) Because we are airborne now our current altitude is to be considered in the

next initial-calls as well as the altitude that we are cleared for In this case the altitude were

cleared for is the initial climb altitude that can be found on the charts

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 altitude 2000 feet climbing altitude 4000 feet

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb flight level 80

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climb flight level 80

The controller will identify us on the scope before he gives more instructions As soon as

radarcontact is established ATC will tells us that were bdquoIdentifiedldquo

There are several possibilities why an identification could fail Wrong transponder code

wrong setting of transponder code or a tranponder failure in our airplane The controller will

compair our reported altitude with the altitude indication on his scope If the altitudes match

the controller can separate us from other airplanes bdquoIdentifiedldquo doesnt need to be read back

The controller also could give the instruction to stop our climb before reaching the cleared

altitude

ATC Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Pilot Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Once we reach the border of a sector (either horizontally or vertically) the controller will

instruct us to contact the next station using the already known phraseology He could also tell

us to give further information to the next station eg our speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 report speed to Langen Radar frequency 127500

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will report speed to Langen Radar on frequency 127500

As always when we establish contact with a radar controller we have to report our current

altitude and if different the altitude we are cleared to ndash this is mandatory

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 FL65 for FL70 speed 250 knots

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb FL230

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL230

235 Cruise

We are now cruising along on FL230 There are some situations we may face now but all of

them may appear in other flight phases as well

2351 Proceed Direct to

ATC could give us a short cut to a certain way point It can be part of our flight plan but

does not necessarily have to

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So now we proceed to that point from our present position If the waypoint is part of our

flight plan we follow our routing after that point

This is the same instruction but packed a little differently

ATC Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So we follow our routing as planned until we reach KNG and turn towards DKB afterwards

If you dont get the name of the way point you can ask the controller to spell it (please spell

the name)

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct ANEKI Alpha November Echo Kilo India

Pilot Proceeding direct Alpha November Echo Kilo India Lufthansa 123

2352 Changes to Route

ATC can give us a different routing for a segment

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter proceed direct BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter direct BURAM

2353 Heading and Vectors

Sometimes its necessary to have us turn away from the planned route by using vectors

which are simple headings we need to follow

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn right heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 turning right heading 180

We can of course do the whole turn in the other direction as well

If ATC is not sure in which direction we need to turn he can issue an instruction without a

direction ndash we then turn in the direction where we have to turn the least

ATC Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

236 Approach and Descend

2361 Descend

Slowly but steady we get closer to our destination and want to start descending In case ATC

did not work ahead and issued a descend clearance early we can of course draw the

controllers attention to us and just ask for descend

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request descent or Lufthansa 123 ready for descent

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180

In order to control the descend ATC has a few tools that can be used

2362 Instructing a Rate

ATC can instruct you to descend with a certain vertical speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

2363 Descend Restrictions

If the controller wants us to be at a certain altitude atbehindabeambefore a specified

waypoint he gives an instruction like the following

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

This means that we have to descend in a manner to reach BURAM at FL 180 we could also

reach it earlier if we wanted The net phrase is a little more restricting as we now have to

reach FL 180 exactly at BURAM not earlier not later ndash exactly

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending to reach FL 180 at BURAM

The defined restriction does not have to be bound to a waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Sometimes a controller needs us to reach an altitude somewhere abeam a certain point In

order to follow that instruction we first need to know where that waypoint is That usually

happens when ATC issues vectors This is used if the controller needs us on a specific

altitude at a certain point and we are not following a routing or flying directly to a later

waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 abeam RENLO

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to reach level abeam RENLO

As you see its an advantage to have all charts ndash en-route charts too ndash at hand and ready If

you do not have en-route charts most FMCs available for FS offer the option to enter a

waypoint on the FIX page (or similar) and sometimes even offer to insert an ABEAM

POINT (eg PMDG 737 NG)

Another option is to delay the beginning of descend until ATC can either tell us a certain

point where we have to start our descend or give us an early descend with the option to start

it whenever we want ndash as long as we meet the restrictions ATC gives us So we can maintain

our cruising altitude as long as we want If you prefer to stay high longer and then just drop

out of the sky thats fine if you want to do a steady slow descend you can do that as well

ATC Lufthansa 123 when passing Dinkelsbuumlhel descend FL 180

ATC Lufthansa 123 when ready descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

You can find more important information on the topic descend (planning tactics execution)

in the chapter OPERATION of Flight Training

2364 Holdings

We essentially come across two main types of holdings Published and unpublished or

unknown holdings

You wont be very surprised when I tell you that there are standardized phrases for the entry

and exit of holding patterns More information on holding patterns can be found in the

chapter BASICS of Flight Training

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold at ROKIL (as published)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 holding at ROKIL (as published)

Holding patterns are not unforeseeable so ATC often prepares pilots that there will be a

holding pattern Often this includes the clearance to reduce your speed ndash perhaps you can

avoid the holding this way

ATC Lufthansa 123 expect holding at ROKIL reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 expecting hold over ROKIL reducing to minimum clean speed

As always ndash if ATC does not give us the approval to reduce speed we can just ask him But

dont do it on your own Another aircraft may be on the same level behind us

Pilot Lufthansa 123 may we reduce to minimum clean speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 reducing minimum clean

If a pilot does not know the holding he was instructed to join he has to ask for instructions

ATC will then provide the necessary information to the pilot The holding instruction will

look like this

Fix | inbound course | turn direction | leg timedistance

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request holding instructions

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold over ROKIL inbound track 128 right turns leg time 1 minute

237 Types of Approaches

Next we will establish contact with approach control This is a local control station - as we

learned earlier we have to include the ATIS designator during the initial call A good time to

listen to the ATIS is around your top of descend

Pilot Muumlnchen Arrival Lufthansa 123 FL 185 for FL 180 information Bravo

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Arrival identified Bravo is correct

2371 STAR

This is what a clearance onto a STAR looks like

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

2372 Transition (without Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 3: VATEUD Pilots Manual

243 Urgency Messages 26

3 COMMUNICATION 27

31 ATC 27

32 Pilots 27

33 Unicom 27

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels 27

35 Contact Mes 27

36 How to of Communication 28

37 Hints and Tips 28

38 DO 29

39 DO NOT 29

310 Read Backs 29

311 Initial Contact 30

312 Common Phraseology 30

313 WordPhrase 31

1 INTR ODU CTIO N TO THE T RAIN ING MA NUA L

11 Introduction

Since many years VACC-SAG had a Pilots Training Manual This was recently rewritten

and amended by Andreas Fuchs With his permission VATEUD PTD will translate those

documents from German to English and make them available for all European pilots

As this is a long process the manuals will be released step by step

As the German version this document is set up as a guideline for all basic knowledge that is

needed for VATSIM But English is the language that is needed in aviation ndash for education as

well as for communication

Andreas Fuchs the author of those documents is a commercial pilot and tries to bring in real

world aspects of flying Nevertheless he has managed not to get lost in details Not

everything in VATSIM is the same as in reality so some things are Nice to Know and others

are Need to Know The online environment requires certain compromises of reality Andreas

also points out these differences When you read this manual you always have to be aware

that this manual is not perfect and it does not claim to be perfect ndash in aviation many

procedures can be approached differently and all pilots learn those procedures slightly

different So all of the procedures displayed here are subject to personal preferences

If you read those first lines again you will once again see that the most important word in

aviation has already been mentioned

Communication

That is most important as it is the best way to communicate witch each other You always

have to be aware of the problem that air traffic controllers and pilots are at different places

and can only communicate with words As flight safety is the always the first priority you

always have to be aware of what the other side has on his mind

So please remember this sentence ndash print it out pin it right next to your monitor ndash the basic

principle of aviation is

if I do not understand something

if I am not able to follow an instruction

if I am not familiar with something

if I am in doubt even if it sounds most stupid

I will ask

what I say has to be as clear as possible

12 Conventions

First of all we should make sure you will find your way in this manual we should be clear

about the conventions used in this text

Bold plus italic means important information that needs to be emphasized Those do not

claim to be complete there are possibly many things that are important but now marked as

such

13 Concept

The manual is built on a modular basis Each larger topic basically is its own little manual It

is suitable if you want to learn on your own but also as an addition to the pilot training

programme organized by your local Pilot Training Department and which would be the best

mix of theory and practice

Important we want to emphasise that for practical training you should use small ldquoback

alleyrdquo airfields so that training does not interfere with regular traffic at large airports The

examples will sometimes use bigger airports but perhaps you should not fly from London to

Paris during peak time when you are online for the first time

We want to conclude this introduction with a small detail Your flight simulator should be

configured to International ndash US-american so we donrsquot get mixed up with different units

(feet and meters Celsius and Fahrenheit)

We wish all of you success and fun at training If you find any mistakes feel free to contact

us Wersquore looking forward to it as we want to improve the manual constantly

Yours

The VATEUD Pilot Training Department Team

2 PHRA SEO LO GY TRAI NIN G MA NUAL

21 Introduction

In aviation people from many different countries get together This makes communication

between Air Traffic Control (ATC) and flight crews pretty difficult as many different

languages and knowledge of foreign languages collide To prevent misunderstandings and to

ensure safety in aviation it is very important to base all communication on standardized

phrases During the next chapters we shall cover and look at the phrases you might encounter

during different phases of your flight

22 Basics

Radio traffic for flights under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) must be conducted in one of the

ICAO (International Civil Aviation Organization) officially approved languages These are

English French Spanish Russian Chinese and Arabic

For flights under Visual Flight Rules (VFR) the local language may also be used for

communications Deviations from these regulations may be found in the AIPrsquos

(Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP) of their respective countries since

there are simply too many special rules to address them all in this document

You should always pay attention to the fact that colloquial language is used In addition you

should not speak too fast but also not too slowly ndash a well-balanced speech tempo is

important This also counts to the volume and clearness of the pronunciation

221 Confirmations and Transmissions

Air-traffic controllers and pilots work together in a team and usually communicate using a

VHF radio device The air-traffic controller gives instructions and advices to the pilots The

crew must confirm these with a so-called read back to show to the air-traffic controller that

the instruction was understood and the air-traffic controller can correct possible mistakes A

read back is basically mandatory for everything that contains figures Exceptions are only

information about wind and weather They do not stand for instructions in the real sense

Instructions that are not repeated by the pilot do count as not transmitted

222 Radio Discipline

It is very important to maintain discipline in radio traffic especially in high traffic situations

where frequency time is short During phases of high traffic the restricted time for

transmitting is used efficiently The pilots must listen carefully to the radio to be able to

answer the instructions fast and dont miss an announcement In addition pilots and ATC

alike must avoid overlapping of radio messages If a pilot switches to a new frequency he

should first listen to the radio carefully He has to wait until a gap arises and all

communication strings with other pilots have been finished A communication string consists

of both an instruction AND a read-back

223 Communication is everything

Despite set phrases and many standardised procedures there are always situations in which

pilots are not sure what the air-traffic controller just meant It is essential that air-traffic

controller and pilot are talking about the same thing If anything is unclear an enquiry is

mandatory it is just the same as in all other areas of life Communication is everything

People talking to each other will usually get along very well This simple fact also applies to

pilots and ATC ndash on ground and in the air

224 Say Again

There are two magic words that are always a correct answer to an instruction Say again If

you want to be polite you can add the word please Please say again

A basic principle If the receiver did not understand the complete transmission clearly then

the only correct read back is always say again This is a global rule It is one of the most

important circuit breakers against misunderstandings and resulting incidents Please print and

frame this and nail it next to your PC or bed

225 NATOICAO Alphanumerical pronounciation

In Aviation all letters are designed via the NATOICAO alphabet You donrsquot call an A an A

but say Alpha

A Alpha AL fah B Bravo BRAH

VOH

C Charlie CHAR lee D Delta DELL tah

E Echo ECK oh F Foxtrot FOKS trot

G Golf GOLF H Hotel hoh TELL

I India IN dee ah J Juliet JEW lee

ETT

K Kilo KEY loh L Lima LEE mah

M Mike MIKE N November no VEM

ber

O Oscar OSS cah P Papa pah PAH

Q Quebec keh BECK R Romeo ROW me

oh

S Sierra see AIR rah T Tango TANG go

U Uniform YOU nee

form V Victor VIK tah

W Whiskey WISS key X Xray ECKS

RAY

Y Yankee YANG key Z Zulu ZOO loo

Numbers are generally pronounced in single digits for example Iberia 123 is not pronounced

as Iberia Hundred and twenty three but as Iberia one two three

We say generally as this applies in Europe however in the USA the opposite is the general

rule

The exception to this rule is that numbers which end on even Hundreds or Thousands are

pronounced as such for example 500 is not pronounced five zero zero but as five hundred

the same would apply to 5000 or 5500

Again numbers same as with letters are pronounced slightly differently to what we use in

normal communication

0 Zero ZEE-RO 1 One WUN

2 Two TOO 3 Three TREE

4 Four FOW-ER 5 Five FIFE

6 Six SIX 7 Seven SEV-EN

8 Eight AIT 9 Nine NIN-ER

226 Different Categories of Messages

Different categories of transmissions exist Since not everything a pilot or controller wants to

share is of the same importance a clearly structured order of priority has been set up which

needs to be adhered to at all times

1) Distress Messages

2) Urgency Messages

3) Messages relating to direction finding

4) Flight Safety Messages

5) Meteorological Messages

6) Flight Regularity Messages

7) State Telegrams

2261 Distress Messages

Distress Calls affect airplanes and their occupants which are in immediate danger and need

help ASAP To indicate an emergency situation the phrase Mayday shall be used

2262 Urgency Messages

Urgency Messages are transmissions related to aircraft safety They can be made for the

own or another aircraft using the phrase Pan-pan

2263 Messages relating to Direction

Messages relating to direction finding are messages for transmission of direction finding

values (what a surprise)

2264 Flight Safety Messages

Flight Safety Messages are the most common transmissions These are the transmissions

made during air traffic control an aircrafts position report or pilot reports that are important

for the flight

2265 Meteorological Messages

The name actually tells you everything ndash in this category of transmission someone passes on

weather information

2266 Flight Regularity Messages

This category covers all transmissions concerning maintenance changes in an aircrafts

operation schedule non-routine landings or similar They are transmitted either on the

frequencies of Flight Information Service or a different dedicated frequency in order to

prevent the distraction of ATC

2267 State Telegrams

A State Telegram is when a head of state or a proxy needs to send a message from an air

plane These transmissions are either done on the frequencies of Flight Information Service

or different dedicated frequency in order to prevent the distraction of ATC Obviously this is

a type of message that does not happen on VATSIM

227 Establishment of Radiotelephony Contact

The pilot always establishes initial radio contact He changes to a new frequency and has to

make an initial call If you are on the ground this initial call consists of the call sign of the

station youre trying to reach your own call sign and the position you are moving to Once

airborne you have to state your current altitude and if different the altitude you are cleared

to There is no need to report your position when airborne As you can see an initial call is

short and includes all necessary information You dont have to tell the controller your

heading shoe size or age ndash he just does not care about that kind of information

Pilot Palma Ground good morning Scandinavian 123 on taxiway Alpha

hellipand in the air

Pilot Marseilles Control Air France 123 FL125 for FL110

228 Call Sign

Each transmission has to include your own call sign in order to let the person at the other

end know who has just spoken or transmitted a message There is absolutely no exception to

this rule During an initial call the call sign of the called station is at the beginning followed

by the own call sign In later phases of flight the controller always puts our call sign at the

beginning followed by his instructions During your read-back you have two options either

you put your call sign at the beginning or in the end ndash there are two philosophies for this

On the one hand you have more time to think about what you actually want to say if you put

your call sign in the beginning

On the other hand a call sign at the end of a transmission indicated to other pilots on the

frequency that our transmission block with the controller is completed and that the frequency

is free for use by others at this time

As you see there are good arguments for both options ndash you have to find out on your own

which suits you more In all the following phraseology examples we will say our call sign at

the beginning

23 Flights under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR)

On the following pages we are going to cover an IFR flight from initial contact with ATC to

finally parking the aircraft at the destination airport looking at all possible phrases you might

encounter We will use a short domestic flight from Frankfurt to Munich as an example This

flight will be done as DLH123 Lufthansa 123 Our routing leads us via Dinkelsbuehl and the

airway T104 to the way-point BURAM at which point our STAR begins The route filed in

our flight plan should look like this

DKB5S DKB T104 BURAM BURAM1M

We know from the airport information sheet that departures to DKB should preferably use

runway 18 for departure so we file an SID from this runway and hope that ATC is not going

to make us change active runway Our cruising altitude for this flight will be FL210

For didactic matters you wont be able to redo this flight exactly as we show it here because

you will most probably not encounter the full load of different situations covered in the next

chapters Please also note that there is nothing polite in phraseology by the book No good

mornings no good byes We will not use any phrases like this in this document but you can

be sure that every ATC be it in the online or the real world appreciates any greetings

231 Departure

Before departure we filed our flight plan (see chapter Flight Planning) and all flight

preparations have been made We begin at gate A32 in Frankfurt

2311 At the Gate (ATIS)

First we check the ATIS (Automatic terminal Information Service) on the specific frequency

in this case 118025 The ATIS besides information on weather also includes the active

runways for departure and landing and other abnormal conditions To make each ATIS

unique it is designated with a letter connected to the specific message you listen to in our

case we heard Information Alpha

2312 At the Gate (Start-Up)

Before each IFR flight the pilot has to obtain the approval to start his engines the so called

start-up This does not mean that the pilot should or even had to start his engines

immediately It just means that ATC does not foresee departure delays of more than 20

minutes in reference to the planned departure time The actual act of starting the engines is

done in cooperation between the flight crew and the ground crew serving the aircraft

Important Pilots should always include the ATIS designator on initial contact with a local

ATC station In some reasons you will also have to include more details on your flight like

your aircraft type or the QNH

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information Alpha request start-up

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery Alpha is correct Start-up is approved

Pilot Start-up approved Lufthansa 123

2313 At the Gate (En Route Clearance)

A flight following instrumental flight rules (IFR) always needs a flight plan which must be

filed with air traffic control (see Flight Planning) Before departure this flight plan has to be

approved by the responsible ATC station Large airports have a dedicated station for this the

so-called Clearance Delivery On smaller airports this task may be done by the local Ground

or Tower controller

You will often get the En-Route Clearance together with the start-up approval so you should

be prepared to get your en-route clearance together with the start-up clearance without a

notice ndash Keyword Pen and Paper

An en-route clearance always has the same structure First you will be cleared to your

destination airport followed by the assigned departure route and sometimes the departure

runway (as long as this is not clearly defined by the departure route itself) Finally there will

be additional information given if the rest of the route is accepted and cleared according to

the flight plan or if there are any changes to the further routing Those changes can become

quite extensive thats why I want to give you ndash again - the advice to have a pen and paper

ready At the end of the clearance ATC assigns you a transponder code the so-called

Squawk which you have to enter into your transponder (this code makes ATCs Secondary

Surveillance Radar able to identify your flight and to correlate your target with your flight

plan)

After the pilots read back of the full clearance ATC will usually confirm that the read back

was correct and complete

Depending on the airport and country you will get your start-up approval right with the en-

route clearance

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 request IFR-clearance to EDDM

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight

planned route squawk 2101

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Or with start-up

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via

DKB5S departure flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot

a) Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight planned

route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

b) Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Pilot

a) Start up approved Lufthansa 123

b) -

2314 At the Gate (Vectored Departure)

Sometimes when a pilot does not know how to follow a standardized departure route ATC

will use Vectored Departures So what does that mean It just means that the pilot gets

specific instructions on what to do after take off The radar controller will make sure that the

pilot finds his routing later using vectors Proceed Direct SOMETHING or similar

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain

runway track climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency

120050 squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain runway track

climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency 120050

squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

2315 At the Gate (Detailed Departure Instruction)

ATC can should a pilot not know the SID also read the whole SID to the pilot Please make

sure you never need to get this service by reading your charts carefully

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when airborne

maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800 feet or 12

DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when

airborne maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800

feet or 12 DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

232 Push Back and Taxi

2321 Push-Back

If you are located at a gate from which you cannot simply taxi straight out from you need to

obtain approval for push-back from Ground Control

Pilot Frankfurt Apron Lufthansa 123 gate A32 request push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Apron push-back approved

Pilot Lufthansa 123 push-back approved

This push-back instruction can be extended to for example include a direction or the length

of the push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved facing east perform a long push into taxiway

Mike

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved perform a u-turn into position A34

As there is a nearly endless pool of options for ground controllers there are not always

standard phrases ndash it is important that pilot and ATC do understand each other As in all

flight phases Communication is everything

If an instruction is not clear you simply ask Say again

2322 Taxi

After push-back or if you are parked at a position from which you can taxi straight out after

engine start you obviously have to get to the runway Designated taxiways lead you there

The task of Ground Control will be done by different stations depending on the airport and

Location of the aircraft at that airport In our example Frankfurt Apron is our first station the

Tower will take over later

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 taxiing to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Now that we are moving ATC has even more possibilities to differ from such easy taxi

instructions as seen before He could for example let us stop before a certain taxiway which

we will cross

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of Quebec traffic will be a Cargo Lux Boeing 747 moving right to left

It is very important for a pilot to always know what happens around him Thats why he

should thoughtfully listen to radio chatter between ATC and other aircraft and of course keep

his eyes out Controllers often help by issuing traffic information

2323 Progressive Taxi

Should you not know your way around an airport or get lost there is the option to ask for

progressive taxi ATC will then advise the pilot where to go

If you get lost and cant solve the situation on your own you can demand this kind of help

from ATC This is always a better solution than strolling around on the apron just because

youre too proud to ask for help

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger expect progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn left now

Pilot Turning left Lufthansa 123

ATC Lufthansa 123 the second taxiway to your right is November Follow

November to holding point runway 18

Pilot Will turn second taxiway to the right follow November to holding point runway

18 Lufthansa 123

2324 Conditional Clearances

ATC can attach further instructions to traffic information for example to let another aircraft

pass and taxi behind it It is very important that you have this traffic in sight if not you have

to inform the controller immediately

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 unable traffic not in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger in this case hold short of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will give way to Air Berlin Boeing 737 on November

233 Tower

When approaching the runway or latest when we reach the holding point Ground will hand

us off to the Tower controller who is responsible for all movements on the runways and

issues all clearances (landing and take off crossing a runway etc)

ATC Lufthansa 123 contact Tower on frequency 119900

Pilot Lufthansa 123 contacting Tower on frequency 119900

Depending on where we are and if we are ready for departure there are different possibilities

for the initial call on the tower frequency

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 approaching runway 18

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 at holding point runway 18 ready for departure

2331 Line Up and Conditional Clearance

The Tower Controller may only give landing and take-off clearances under certain

circumstances one of which being that the runway must be clear of all other traffic The

Tower Controller has some tools with which to separate traffic very effectively and to keep a

steady traffic flow They could have us line up on the runway and wait there

ATC Lufthansa 123 line up runway 18 and wait

Pilot Lufthansa 123 lining up runway 18 and waiting

They can also instruct us to line up behind another aircraft In that case they give us our

clearance to line up even if it would not have been our time They do not have to pray that

the frequency is clear when our actual time comes ndash that makes their work much more

effective

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 lining up runway 18 and waiting

behind

It is very important for us to properly identify the traffic that the tower controller indicated to

us and to keep it in sight at all times Should we not see the traffic the conditional clearance

is invalid ndash we have to immediately inform ATC who will then figure out another clearance

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 negative traffic not in sight

Sometimes ATC ldquoshowsrdquo you the traffic and only gives you the clearance after you

confirmed visual contact

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 on short final runway 25R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 line up runway 25R and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 lining up runway 25R and waiting

behind

2332 Take off Clearance

Now that the runway is cleared we get our take-off clearance The structure and the

information given are always the same

ATC Lufthansa 123 wind 180 degrees 10 knots runway 18 cleared for take off

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 18 cleared for take off

You dont have to read back the wind information as this serves only as an information to the

pilot

234 Departure and Climb

At some airports we have to contact departure ourselves At other airports tower will give the

instruction to call departure with the known phraseology (Lufthansa 123 contact departure

on frequency hellip) Because we are airborne now our current altitude is to be considered in the

next initial-calls as well as the altitude that we are cleared for In this case the altitude were

cleared for is the initial climb altitude that can be found on the charts

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 altitude 2000 feet climbing altitude 4000 feet

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb flight level 80

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climb flight level 80

The controller will identify us on the scope before he gives more instructions As soon as

radarcontact is established ATC will tells us that were bdquoIdentifiedldquo

There are several possibilities why an identification could fail Wrong transponder code

wrong setting of transponder code or a tranponder failure in our airplane The controller will

compair our reported altitude with the altitude indication on his scope If the altitudes match

the controller can separate us from other airplanes bdquoIdentifiedldquo doesnt need to be read back

The controller also could give the instruction to stop our climb before reaching the cleared

altitude

ATC Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Pilot Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Once we reach the border of a sector (either horizontally or vertically) the controller will

instruct us to contact the next station using the already known phraseology He could also tell

us to give further information to the next station eg our speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 report speed to Langen Radar frequency 127500

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will report speed to Langen Radar on frequency 127500

As always when we establish contact with a radar controller we have to report our current

altitude and if different the altitude we are cleared to ndash this is mandatory

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 FL65 for FL70 speed 250 knots

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb FL230

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL230

235 Cruise

We are now cruising along on FL230 There are some situations we may face now but all of

them may appear in other flight phases as well

2351 Proceed Direct to

ATC could give us a short cut to a certain way point It can be part of our flight plan but

does not necessarily have to

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So now we proceed to that point from our present position If the waypoint is part of our

flight plan we follow our routing after that point

This is the same instruction but packed a little differently

ATC Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So we follow our routing as planned until we reach KNG and turn towards DKB afterwards

If you dont get the name of the way point you can ask the controller to spell it (please spell

the name)

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct ANEKI Alpha November Echo Kilo India

Pilot Proceeding direct Alpha November Echo Kilo India Lufthansa 123

2352 Changes to Route

ATC can give us a different routing for a segment

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter proceed direct BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter direct BURAM

2353 Heading and Vectors

Sometimes its necessary to have us turn away from the planned route by using vectors

which are simple headings we need to follow

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn right heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 turning right heading 180

We can of course do the whole turn in the other direction as well

If ATC is not sure in which direction we need to turn he can issue an instruction without a

direction ndash we then turn in the direction where we have to turn the least

ATC Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

236 Approach and Descend

2361 Descend

Slowly but steady we get closer to our destination and want to start descending In case ATC

did not work ahead and issued a descend clearance early we can of course draw the

controllers attention to us and just ask for descend

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request descent or Lufthansa 123 ready for descent

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180

In order to control the descend ATC has a few tools that can be used

2362 Instructing a Rate

ATC can instruct you to descend with a certain vertical speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

2363 Descend Restrictions

If the controller wants us to be at a certain altitude atbehindabeambefore a specified

waypoint he gives an instruction like the following

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

This means that we have to descend in a manner to reach BURAM at FL 180 we could also

reach it earlier if we wanted The net phrase is a little more restricting as we now have to

reach FL 180 exactly at BURAM not earlier not later ndash exactly

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending to reach FL 180 at BURAM

The defined restriction does not have to be bound to a waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Sometimes a controller needs us to reach an altitude somewhere abeam a certain point In

order to follow that instruction we first need to know where that waypoint is That usually

happens when ATC issues vectors This is used if the controller needs us on a specific

altitude at a certain point and we are not following a routing or flying directly to a later

waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 abeam RENLO

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to reach level abeam RENLO

As you see its an advantage to have all charts ndash en-route charts too ndash at hand and ready If

you do not have en-route charts most FMCs available for FS offer the option to enter a

waypoint on the FIX page (or similar) and sometimes even offer to insert an ABEAM

POINT (eg PMDG 737 NG)

Another option is to delay the beginning of descend until ATC can either tell us a certain

point where we have to start our descend or give us an early descend with the option to start

it whenever we want ndash as long as we meet the restrictions ATC gives us So we can maintain

our cruising altitude as long as we want If you prefer to stay high longer and then just drop

out of the sky thats fine if you want to do a steady slow descend you can do that as well

ATC Lufthansa 123 when passing Dinkelsbuumlhel descend FL 180

ATC Lufthansa 123 when ready descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

You can find more important information on the topic descend (planning tactics execution)

in the chapter OPERATION of Flight Training

2364 Holdings

We essentially come across two main types of holdings Published and unpublished or

unknown holdings

You wont be very surprised when I tell you that there are standardized phrases for the entry

and exit of holding patterns More information on holding patterns can be found in the

chapter BASICS of Flight Training

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold at ROKIL (as published)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 holding at ROKIL (as published)

Holding patterns are not unforeseeable so ATC often prepares pilots that there will be a

holding pattern Often this includes the clearance to reduce your speed ndash perhaps you can

avoid the holding this way

ATC Lufthansa 123 expect holding at ROKIL reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 expecting hold over ROKIL reducing to minimum clean speed

As always ndash if ATC does not give us the approval to reduce speed we can just ask him But

dont do it on your own Another aircraft may be on the same level behind us

Pilot Lufthansa 123 may we reduce to minimum clean speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 reducing minimum clean

If a pilot does not know the holding he was instructed to join he has to ask for instructions

ATC will then provide the necessary information to the pilot The holding instruction will

look like this

Fix | inbound course | turn direction | leg timedistance

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request holding instructions

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold over ROKIL inbound track 128 right turns leg time 1 minute

237 Types of Approaches

Next we will establish contact with approach control This is a local control station - as we

learned earlier we have to include the ATIS designator during the initial call A good time to

listen to the ATIS is around your top of descend

Pilot Muumlnchen Arrival Lufthansa 123 FL 185 for FL 180 information Bravo

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Arrival identified Bravo is correct

2371 STAR

This is what a clearance onto a STAR looks like

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

2372 Transition (without Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 4: VATEUD Pilots Manual

1 INTR ODU CTIO N TO THE T RAIN ING MA NUA L

11 Introduction

Since many years VACC-SAG had a Pilots Training Manual This was recently rewritten

and amended by Andreas Fuchs With his permission VATEUD PTD will translate those

documents from German to English and make them available for all European pilots

As this is a long process the manuals will be released step by step

As the German version this document is set up as a guideline for all basic knowledge that is

needed for VATSIM But English is the language that is needed in aviation ndash for education as

well as for communication

Andreas Fuchs the author of those documents is a commercial pilot and tries to bring in real

world aspects of flying Nevertheless he has managed not to get lost in details Not

everything in VATSIM is the same as in reality so some things are Nice to Know and others

are Need to Know The online environment requires certain compromises of reality Andreas

also points out these differences When you read this manual you always have to be aware

that this manual is not perfect and it does not claim to be perfect ndash in aviation many

procedures can be approached differently and all pilots learn those procedures slightly

different So all of the procedures displayed here are subject to personal preferences

If you read those first lines again you will once again see that the most important word in

aviation has already been mentioned

Communication

That is most important as it is the best way to communicate witch each other You always

have to be aware of the problem that air traffic controllers and pilots are at different places

and can only communicate with words As flight safety is the always the first priority you

always have to be aware of what the other side has on his mind

So please remember this sentence ndash print it out pin it right next to your monitor ndash the basic

principle of aviation is

if I do not understand something

if I am not able to follow an instruction

if I am not familiar with something

if I am in doubt even if it sounds most stupid

I will ask

what I say has to be as clear as possible

12 Conventions

First of all we should make sure you will find your way in this manual we should be clear

about the conventions used in this text

Bold plus italic means important information that needs to be emphasized Those do not

claim to be complete there are possibly many things that are important but now marked as

such

13 Concept

The manual is built on a modular basis Each larger topic basically is its own little manual It

is suitable if you want to learn on your own but also as an addition to the pilot training

programme organized by your local Pilot Training Department and which would be the best

mix of theory and practice

Important we want to emphasise that for practical training you should use small ldquoback

alleyrdquo airfields so that training does not interfere with regular traffic at large airports The

examples will sometimes use bigger airports but perhaps you should not fly from London to

Paris during peak time when you are online for the first time

We want to conclude this introduction with a small detail Your flight simulator should be

configured to International ndash US-american so we donrsquot get mixed up with different units

(feet and meters Celsius and Fahrenheit)

We wish all of you success and fun at training If you find any mistakes feel free to contact

us Wersquore looking forward to it as we want to improve the manual constantly

Yours

The VATEUD Pilot Training Department Team

2 PHRA SEO LO GY TRAI NIN G MA NUAL

21 Introduction

In aviation people from many different countries get together This makes communication

between Air Traffic Control (ATC) and flight crews pretty difficult as many different

languages and knowledge of foreign languages collide To prevent misunderstandings and to

ensure safety in aviation it is very important to base all communication on standardized

phrases During the next chapters we shall cover and look at the phrases you might encounter

during different phases of your flight

22 Basics

Radio traffic for flights under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) must be conducted in one of the

ICAO (International Civil Aviation Organization) officially approved languages These are

English French Spanish Russian Chinese and Arabic

For flights under Visual Flight Rules (VFR) the local language may also be used for

communications Deviations from these regulations may be found in the AIPrsquos

(Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP) of their respective countries since

there are simply too many special rules to address them all in this document

You should always pay attention to the fact that colloquial language is used In addition you

should not speak too fast but also not too slowly ndash a well-balanced speech tempo is

important This also counts to the volume and clearness of the pronunciation

221 Confirmations and Transmissions

Air-traffic controllers and pilots work together in a team and usually communicate using a

VHF radio device The air-traffic controller gives instructions and advices to the pilots The

crew must confirm these with a so-called read back to show to the air-traffic controller that

the instruction was understood and the air-traffic controller can correct possible mistakes A

read back is basically mandatory for everything that contains figures Exceptions are only

information about wind and weather They do not stand for instructions in the real sense

Instructions that are not repeated by the pilot do count as not transmitted

222 Radio Discipline

It is very important to maintain discipline in radio traffic especially in high traffic situations

where frequency time is short During phases of high traffic the restricted time for

transmitting is used efficiently The pilots must listen carefully to the radio to be able to

answer the instructions fast and dont miss an announcement In addition pilots and ATC

alike must avoid overlapping of radio messages If a pilot switches to a new frequency he

should first listen to the radio carefully He has to wait until a gap arises and all

communication strings with other pilots have been finished A communication string consists

of both an instruction AND a read-back

223 Communication is everything

Despite set phrases and many standardised procedures there are always situations in which

pilots are not sure what the air-traffic controller just meant It is essential that air-traffic

controller and pilot are talking about the same thing If anything is unclear an enquiry is

mandatory it is just the same as in all other areas of life Communication is everything

People talking to each other will usually get along very well This simple fact also applies to

pilots and ATC ndash on ground and in the air

224 Say Again

There are two magic words that are always a correct answer to an instruction Say again If

you want to be polite you can add the word please Please say again

A basic principle If the receiver did not understand the complete transmission clearly then

the only correct read back is always say again This is a global rule It is one of the most

important circuit breakers against misunderstandings and resulting incidents Please print and

frame this and nail it next to your PC or bed

225 NATOICAO Alphanumerical pronounciation

In Aviation all letters are designed via the NATOICAO alphabet You donrsquot call an A an A

but say Alpha

A Alpha AL fah B Bravo BRAH

VOH

C Charlie CHAR lee D Delta DELL tah

E Echo ECK oh F Foxtrot FOKS trot

G Golf GOLF H Hotel hoh TELL

I India IN dee ah J Juliet JEW lee

ETT

K Kilo KEY loh L Lima LEE mah

M Mike MIKE N November no VEM

ber

O Oscar OSS cah P Papa pah PAH

Q Quebec keh BECK R Romeo ROW me

oh

S Sierra see AIR rah T Tango TANG go

U Uniform YOU nee

form V Victor VIK tah

W Whiskey WISS key X Xray ECKS

RAY

Y Yankee YANG key Z Zulu ZOO loo

Numbers are generally pronounced in single digits for example Iberia 123 is not pronounced

as Iberia Hundred and twenty three but as Iberia one two three

We say generally as this applies in Europe however in the USA the opposite is the general

rule

The exception to this rule is that numbers which end on even Hundreds or Thousands are

pronounced as such for example 500 is not pronounced five zero zero but as five hundred

the same would apply to 5000 or 5500

Again numbers same as with letters are pronounced slightly differently to what we use in

normal communication

0 Zero ZEE-RO 1 One WUN

2 Two TOO 3 Three TREE

4 Four FOW-ER 5 Five FIFE

6 Six SIX 7 Seven SEV-EN

8 Eight AIT 9 Nine NIN-ER

226 Different Categories of Messages

Different categories of transmissions exist Since not everything a pilot or controller wants to

share is of the same importance a clearly structured order of priority has been set up which

needs to be adhered to at all times

1) Distress Messages

2) Urgency Messages

3) Messages relating to direction finding

4) Flight Safety Messages

5) Meteorological Messages

6) Flight Regularity Messages

7) State Telegrams

2261 Distress Messages

Distress Calls affect airplanes and their occupants which are in immediate danger and need

help ASAP To indicate an emergency situation the phrase Mayday shall be used

2262 Urgency Messages

Urgency Messages are transmissions related to aircraft safety They can be made for the

own or another aircraft using the phrase Pan-pan

2263 Messages relating to Direction

Messages relating to direction finding are messages for transmission of direction finding

values (what a surprise)

2264 Flight Safety Messages

Flight Safety Messages are the most common transmissions These are the transmissions

made during air traffic control an aircrafts position report or pilot reports that are important

for the flight

2265 Meteorological Messages

The name actually tells you everything ndash in this category of transmission someone passes on

weather information

2266 Flight Regularity Messages

This category covers all transmissions concerning maintenance changes in an aircrafts

operation schedule non-routine landings or similar They are transmitted either on the

frequencies of Flight Information Service or a different dedicated frequency in order to

prevent the distraction of ATC

2267 State Telegrams

A State Telegram is when a head of state or a proxy needs to send a message from an air

plane These transmissions are either done on the frequencies of Flight Information Service

or different dedicated frequency in order to prevent the distraction of ATC Obviously this is

a type of message that does not happen on VATSIM

227 Establishment of Radiotelephony Contact

The pilot always establishes initial radio contact He changes to a new frequency and has to

make an initial call If you are on the ground this initial call consists of the call sign of the

station youre trying to reach your own call sign and the position you are moving to Once

airborne you have to state your current altitude and if different the altitude you are cleared

to There is no need to report your position when airborne As you can see an initial call is

short and includes all necessary information You dont have to tell the controller your

heading shoe size or age ndash he just does not care about that kind of information

Pilot Palma Ground good morning Scandinavian 123 on taxiway Alpha

hellipand in the air

Pilot Marseilles Control Air France 123 FL125 for FL110

228 Call Sign

Each transmission has to include your own call sign in order to let the person at the other

end know who has just spoken or transmitted a message There is absolutely no exception to

this rule During an initial call the call sign of the called station is at the beginning followed

by the own call sign In later phases of flight the controller always puts our call sign at the

beginning followed by his instructions During your read-back you have two options either

you put your call sign at the beginning or in the end ndash there are two philosophies for this

On the one hand you have more time to think about what you actually want to say if you put

your call sign in the beginning

On the other hand a call sign at the end of a transmission indicated to other pilots on the

frequency that our transmission block with the controller is completed and that the frequency

is free for use by others at this time

As you see there are good arguments for both options ndash you have to find out on your own

which suits you more In all the following phraseology examples we will say our call sign at

the beginning

23 Flights under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR)

On the following pages we are going to cover an IFR flight from initial contact with ATC to

finally parking the aircraft at the destination airport looking at all possible phrases you might

encounter We will use a short domestic flight from Frankfurt to Munich as an example This

flight will be done as DLH123 Lufthansa 123 Our routing leads us via Dinkelsbuehl and the

airway T104 to the way-point BURAM at which point our STAR begins The route filed in

our flight plan should look like this

DKB5S DKB T104 BURAM BURAM1M

We know from the airport information sheet that departures to DKB should preferably use

runway 18 for departure so we file an SID from this runway and hope that ATC is not going

to make us change active runway Our cruising altitude for this flight will be FL210

For didactic matters you wont be able to redo this flight exactly as we show it here because

you will most probably not encounter the full load of different situations covered in the next

chapters Please also note that there is nothing polite in phraseology by the book No good

mornings no good byes We will not use any phrases like this in this document but you can

be sure that every ATC be it in the online or the real world appreciates any greetings

231 Departure

Before departure we filed our flight plan (see chapter Flight Planning) and all flight

preparations have been made We begin at gate A32 in Frankfurt

2311 At the Gate (ATIS)

First we check the ATIS (Automatic terminal Information Service) on the specific frequency

in this case 118025 The ATIS besides information on weather also includes the active

runways for departure and landing and other abnormal conditions To make each ATIS

unique it is designated with a letter connected to the specific message you listen to in our

case we heard Information Alpha

2312 At the Gate (Start-Up)

Before each IFR flight the pilot has to obtain the approval to start his engines the so called

start-up This does not mean that the pilot should or even had to start his engines

immediately It just means that ATC does not foresee departure delays of more than 20

minutes in reference to the planned departure time The actual act of starting the engines is

done in cooperation between the flight crew and the ground crew serving the aircraft

Important Pilots should always include the ATIS designator on initial contact with a local

ATC station In some reasons you will also have to include more details on your flight like

your aircraft type or the QNH

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information Alpha request start-up

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery Alpha is correct Start-up is approved

Pilot Start-up approved Lufthansa 123

2313 At the Gate (En Route Clearance)

A flight following instrumental flight rules (IFR) always needs a flight plan which must be

filed with air traffic control (see Flight Planning) Before departure this flight plan has to be

approved by the responsible ATC station Large airports have a dedicated station for this the

so-called Clearance Delivery On smaller airports this task may be done by the local Ground

or Tower controller

You will often get the En-Route Clearance together with the start-up approval so you should

be prepared to get your en-route clearance together with the start-up clearance without a

notice ndash Keyword Pen and Paper

An en-route clearance always has the same structure First you will be cleared to your

destination airport followed by the assigned departure route and sometimes the departure

runway (as long as this is not clearly defined by the departure route itself) Finally there will

be additional information given if the rest of the route is accepted and cleared according to

the flight plan or if there are any changes to the further routing Those changes can become

quite extensive thats why I want to give you ndash again - the advice to have a pen and paper

ready At the end of the clearance ATC assigns you a transponder code the so-called

Squawk which you have to enter into your transponder (this code makes ATCs Secondary

Surveillance Radar able to identify your flight and to correlate your target with your flight

plan)

After the pilots read back of the full clearance ATC will usually confirm that the read back

was correct and complete

Depending on the airport and country you will get your start-up approval right with the en-

route clearance

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 request IFR-clearance to EDDM

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight

planned route squawk 2101

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Or with start-up

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via

DKB5S departure flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot

a) Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight planned

route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

b) Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Pilot

a) Start up approved Lufthansa 123

b) -

2314 At the Gate (Vectored Departure)

Sometimes when a pilot does not know how to follow a standardized departure route ATC

will use Vectored Departures So what does that mean It just means that the pilot gets

specific instructions on what to do after take off The radar controller will make sure that the

pilot finds his routing later using vectors Proceed Direct SOMETHING or similar

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain

runway track climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency

120050 squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain runway track

climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency 120050

squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

2315 At the Gate (Detailed Departure Instruction)

ATC can should a pilot not know the SID also read the whole SID to the pilot Please make

sure you never need to get this service by reading your charts carefully

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when airborne

maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800 feet or 12

DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when

airborne maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800

feet or 12 DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

232 Push Back and Taxi

2321 Push-Back

If you are located at a gate from which you cannot simply taxi straight out from you need to

obtain approval for push-back from Ground Control

Pilot Frankfurt Apron Lufthansa 123 gate A32 request push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Apron push-back approved

Pilot Lufthansa 123 push-back approved

This push-back instruction can be extended to for example include a direction or the length

of the push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved facing east perform a long push into taxiway

Mike

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved perform a u-turn into position A34

As there is a nearly endless pool of options for ground controllers there are not always

standard phrases ndash it is important that pilot and ATC do understand each other As in all

flight phases Communication is everything

If an instruction is not clear you simply ask Say again

2322 Taxi

After push-back or if you are parked at a position from which you can taxi straight out after

engine start you obviously have to get to the runway Designated taxiways lead you there

The task of Ground Control will be done by different stations depending on the airport and

Location of the aircraft at that airport In our example Frankfurt Apron is our first station the

Tower will take over later

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 taxiing to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Now that we are moving ATC has even more possibilities to differ from such easy taxi

instructions as seen before He could for example let us stop before a certain taxiway which

we will cross

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of Quebec traffic will be a Cargo Lux Boeing 747 moving right to left

It is very important for a pilot to always know what happens around him Thats why he

should thoughtfully listen to radio chatter between ATC and other aircraft and of course keep

his eyes out Controllers often help by issuing traffic information

2323 Progressive Taxi

Should you not know your way around an airport or get lost there is the option to ask for

progressive taxi ATC will then advise the pilot where to go

If you get lost and cant solve the situation on your own you can demand this kind of help

from ATC This is always a better solution than strolling around on the apron just because

youre too proud to ask for help

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger expect progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn left now

Pilot Turning left Lufthansa 123

ATC Lufthansa 123 the second taxiway to your right is November Follow

November to holding point runway 18

Pilot Will turn second taxiway to the right follow November to holding point runway

18 Lufthansa 123

2324 Conditional Clearances

ATC can attach further instructions to traffic information for example to let another aircraft

pass and taxi behind it It is very important that you have this traffic in sight if not you have

to inform the controller immediately

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 unable traffic not in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger in this case hold short of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will give way to Air Berlin Boeing 737 on November

233 Tower

When approaching the runway or latest when we reach the holding point Ground will hand

us off to the Tower controller who is responsible for all movements on the runways and

issues all clearances (landing and take off crossing a runway etc)

ATC Lufthansa 123 contact Tower on frequency 119900

Pilot Lufthansa 123 contacting Tower on frequency 119900

Depending on where we are and if we are ready for departure there are different possibilities

for the initial call on the tower frequency

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 approaching runway 18

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 at holding point runway 18 ready for departure

2331 Line Up and Conditional Clearance

The Tower Controller may only give landing and take-off clearances under certain

circumstances one of which being that the runway must be clear of all other traffic The

Tower Controller has some tools with which to separate traffic very effectively and to keep a

steady traffic flow They could have us line up on the runway and wait there

ATC Lufthansa 123 line up runway 18 and wait

Pilot Lufthansa 123 lining up runway 18 and waiting

They can also instruct us to line up behind another aircraft In that case they give us our

clearance to line up even if it would not have been our time They do not have to pray that

the frequency is clear when our actual time comes ndash that makes their work much more

effective

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 lining up runway 18 and waiting

behind

It is very important for us to properly identify the traffic that the tower controller indicated to

us and to keep it in sight at all times Should we not see the traffic the conditional clearance

is invalid ndash we have to immediately inform ATC who will then figure out another clearance

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 negative traffic not in sight

Sometimes ATC ldquoshowsrdquo you the traffic and only gives you the clearance after you

confirmed visual contact

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 on short final runway 25R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 line up runway 25R and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 lining up runway 25R and waiting

behind

2332 Take off Clearance

Now that the runway is cleared we get our take-off clearance The structure and the

information given are always the same

ATC Lufthansa 123 wind 180 degrees 10 knots runway 18 cleared for take off

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 18 cleared for take off

You dont have to read back the wind information as this serves only as an information to the

pilot

234 Departure and Climb

At some airports we have to contact departure ourselves At other airports tower will give the

instruction to call departure with the known phraseology (Lufthansa 123 contact departure

on frequency hellip) Because we are airborne now our current altitude is to be considered in the

next initial-calls as well as the altitude that we are cleared for In this case the altitude were

cleared for is the initial climb altitude that can be found on the charts

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 altitude 2000 feet climbing altitude 4000 feet

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb flight level 80

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climb flight level 80

The controller will identify us on the scope before he gives more instructions As soon as

radarcontact is established ATC will tells us that were bdquoIdentifiedldquo

There are several possibilities why an identification could fail Wrong transponder code

wrong setting of transponder code or a tranponder failure in our airplane The controller will

compair our reported altitude with the altitude indication on his scope If the altitudes match

the controller can separate us from other airplanes bdquoIdentifiedldquo doesnt need to be read back

The controller also could give the instruction to stop our climb before reaching the cleared

altitude

ATC Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Pilot Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Once we reach the border of a sector (either horizontally or vertically) the controller will

instruct us to contact the next station using the already known phraseology He could also tell

us to give further information to the next station eg our speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 report speed to Langen Radar frequency 127500

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will report speed to Langen Radar on frequency 127500

As always when we establish contact with a radar controller we have to report our current

altitude and if different the altitude we are cleared to ndash this is mandatory

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 FL65 for FL70 speed 250 knots

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb FL230

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL230

235 Cruise

We are now cruising along on FL230 There are some situations we may face now but all of

them may appear in other flight phases as well

2351 Proceed Direct to

ATC could give us a short cut to a certain way point It can be part of our flight plan but

does not necessarily have to

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So now we proceed to that point from our present position If the waypoint is part of our

flight plan we follow our routing after that point

This is the same instruction but packed a little differently

ATC Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So we follow our routing as planned until we reach KNG and turn towards DKB afterwards

If you dont get the name of the way point you can ask the controller to spell it (please spell

the name)

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct ANEKI Alpha November Echo Kilo India

Pilot Proceeding direct Alpha November Echo Kilo India Lufthansa 123

2352 Changes to Route

ATC can give us a different routing for a segment

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter proceed direct BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter direct BURAM

2353 Heading and Vectors

Sometimes its necessary to have us turn away from the planned route by using vectors

which are simple headings we need to follow

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn right heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 turning right heading 180

We can of course do the whole turn in the other direction as well

If ATC is not sure in which direction we need to turn he can issue an instruction without a

direction ndash we then turn in the direction where we have to turn the least

ATC Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

236 Approach and Descend

2361 Descend

Slowly but steady we get closer to our destination and want to start descending In case ATC

did not work ahead and issued a descend clearance early we can of course draw the

controllers attention to us and just ask for descend

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request descent or Lufthansa 123 ready for descent

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180

In order to control the descend ATC has a few tools that can be used

2362 Instructing a Rate

ATC can instruct you to descend with a certain vertical speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

2363 Descend Restrictions

If the controller wants us to be at a certain altitude atbehindabeambefore a specified

waypoint he gives an instruction like the following

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

This means that we have to descend in a manner to reach BURAM at FL 180 we could also

reach it earlier if we wanted The net phrase is a little more restricting as we now have to

reach FL 180 exactly at BURAM not earlier not later ndash exactly

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending to reach FL 180 at BURAM

The defined restriction does not have to be bound to a waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Sometimes a controller needs us to reach an altitude somewhere abeam a certain point In

order to follow that instruction we first need to know where that waypoint is That usually

happens when ATC issues vectors This is used if the controller needs us on a specific

altitude at a certain point and we are not following a routing or flying directly to a later

waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 abeam RENLO

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to reach level abeam RENLO

As you see its an advantage to have all charts ndash en-route charts too ndash at hand and ready If

you do not have en-route charts most FMCs available for FS offer the option to enter a

waypoint on the FIX page (or similar) and sometimes even offer to insert an ABEAM

POINT (eg PMDG 737 NG)

Another option is to delay the beginning of descend until ATC can either tell us a certain

point where we have to start our descend or give us an early descend with the option to start

it whenever we want ndash as long as we meet the restrictions ATC gives us So we can maintain

our cruising altitude as long as we want If you prefer to stay high longer and then just drop

out of the sky thats fine if you want to do a steady slow descend you can do that as well

ATC Lufthansa 123 when passing Dinkelsbuumlhel descend FL 180

ATC Lufthansa 123 when ready descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

You can find more important information on the topic descend (planning tactics execution)

in the chapter OPERATION of Flight Training

2364 Holdings

We essentially come across two main types of holdings Published and unpublished or

unknown holdings

You wont be very surprised when I tell you that there are standardized phrases for the entry

and exit of holding patterns More information on holding patterns can be found in the

chapter BASICS of Flight Training

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold at ROKIL (as published)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 holding at ROKIL (as published)

Holding patterns are not unforeseeable so ATC often prepares pilots that there will be a

holding pattern Often this includes the clearance to reduce your speed ndash perhaps you can

avoid the holding this way

ATC Lufthansa 123 expect holding at ROKIL reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 expecting hold over ROKIL reducing to minimum clean speed

As always ndash if ATC does not give us the approval to reduce speed we can just ask him But

dont do it on your own Another aircraft may be on the same level behind us

Pilot Lufthansa 123 may we reduce to minimum clean speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 reducing minimum clean

If a pilot does not know the holding he was instructed to join he has to ask for instructions

ATC will then provide the necessary information to the pilot The holding instruction will

look like this

Fix | inbound course | turn direction | leg timedistance

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request holding instructions

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold over ROKIL inbound track 128 right turns leg time 1 minute

237 Types of Approaches

Next we will establish contact with approach control This is a local control station - as we

learned earlier we have to include the ATIS designator during the initial call A good time to

listen to the ATIS is around your top of descend

Pilot Muumlnchen Arrival Lufthansa 123 FL 185 for FL 180 information Bravo

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Arrival identified Bravo is correct

2371 STAR

This is what a clearance onto a STAR looks like

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

2372 Transition (without Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 5: VATEUD Pilots Manual

12 Conventions

First of all we should make sure you will find your way in this manual we should be clear

about the conventions used in this text

Bold plus italic means important information that needs to be emphasized Those do not

claim to be complete there are possibly many things that are important but now marked as

such

13 Concept

The manual is built on a modular basis Each larger topic basically is its own little manual It

is suitable if you want to learn on your own but also as an addition to the pilot training

programme organized by your local Pilot Training Department and which would be the best

mix of theory and practice

Important we want to emphasise that for practical training you should use small ldquoback

alleyrdquo airfields so that training does not interfere with regular traffic at large airports The

examples will sometimes use bigger airports but perhaps you should not fly from London to

Paris during peak time when you are online for the first time

We want to conclude this introduction with a small detail Your flight simulator should be

configured to International ndash US-american so we donrsquot get mixed up with different units

(feet and meters Celsius and Fahrenheit)

We wish all of you success and fun at training If you find any mistakes feel free to contact

us Wersquore looking forward to it as we want to improve the manual constantly

Yours

The VATEUD Pilot Training Department Team

2 PHRA SEO LO GY TRAI NIN G MA NUAL

21 Introduction

In aviation people from many different countries get together This makes communication

between Air Traffic Control (ATC) and flight crews pretty difficult as many different

languages and knowledge of foreign languages collide To prevent misunderstandings and to

ensure safety in aviation it is very important to base all communication on standardized

phrases During the next chapters we shall cover and look at the phrases you might encounter

during different phases of your flight

22 Basics

Radio traffic for flights under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) must be conducted in one of the

ICAO (International Civil Aviation Organization) officially approved languages These are

English French Spanish Russian Chinese and Arabic

For flights under Visual Flight Rules (VFR) the local language may also be used for

communications Deviations from these regulations may be found in the AIPrsquos

(Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP) of their respective countries since

there are simply too many special rules to address them all in this document

You should always pay attention to the fact that colloquial language is used In addition you

should not speak too fast but also not too slowly ndash a well-balanced speech tempo is

important This also counts to the volume and clearness of the pronunciation

221 Confirmations and Transmissions

Air-traffic controllers and pilots work together in a team and usually communicate using a

VHF radio device The air-traffic controller gives instructions and advices to the pilots The

crew must confirm these with a so-called read back to show to the air-traffic controller that

the instruction was understood and the air-traffic controller can correct possible mistakes A

read back is basically mandatory for everything that contains figures Exceptions are only

information about wind and weather They do not stand for instructions in the real sense

Instructions that are not repeated by the pilot do count as not transmitted

222 Radio Discipline

It is very important to maintain discipline in radio traffic especially in high traffic situations

where frequency time is short During phases of high traffic the restricted time for

transmitting is used efficiently The pilots must listen carefully to the radio to be able to

answer the instructions fast and dont miss an announcement In addition pilots and ATC

alike must avoid overlapping of radio messages If a pilot switches to a new frequency he

should first listen to the radio carefully He has to wait until a gap arises and all

communication strings with other pilots have been finished A communication string consists

of both an instruction AND a read-back

223 Communication is everything

Despite set phrases and many standardised procedures there are always situations in which

pilots are not sure what the air-traffic controller just meant It is essential that air-traffic

controller and pilot are talking about the same thing If anything is unclear an enquiry is

mandatory it is just the same as in all other areas of life Communication is everything

People talking to each other will usually get along very well This simple fact also applies to

pilots and ATC ndash on ground and in the air

224 Say Again

There are two magic words that are always a correct answer to an instruction Say again If

you want to be polite you can add the word please Please say again

A basic principle If the receiver did not understand the complete transmission clearly then

the only correct read back is always say again This is a global rule It is one of the most

important circuit breakers against misunderstandings and resulting incidents Please print and

frame this and nail it next to your PC or bed

225 NATOICAO Alphanumerical pronounciation

In Aviation all letters are designed via the NATOICAO alphabet You donrsquot call an A an A

but say Alpha

A Alpha AL fah B Bravo BRAH

VOH

C Charlie CHAR lee D Delta DELL tah

E Echo ECK oh F Foxtrot FOKS trot

G Golf GOLF H Hotel hoh TELL

I India IN dee ah J Juliet JEW lee

ETT

K Kilo KEY loh L Lima LEE mah

M Mike MIKE N November no VEM

ber

O Oscar OSS cah P Papa pah PAH

Q Quebec keh BECK R Romeo ROW me

oh

S Sierra see AIR rah T Tango TANG go

U Uniform YOU nee

form V Victor VIK tah

W Whiskey WISS key X Xray ECKS

RAY

Y Yankee YANG key Z Zulu ZOO loo

Numbers are generally pronounced in single digits for example Iberia 123 is not pronounced

as Iberia Hundred and twenty three but as Iberia one two three

We say generally as this applies in Europe however in the USA the opposite is the general

rule

The exception to this rule is that numbers which end on even Hundreds or Thousands are

pronounced as such for example 500 is not pronounced five zero zero but as five hundred

the same would apply to 5000 or 5500

Again numbers same as with letters are pronounced slightly differently to what we use in

normal communication

0 Zero ZEE-RO 1 One WUN

2 Two TOO 3 Three TREE

4 Four FOW-ER 5 Five FIFE

6 Six SIX 7 Seven SEV-EN

8 Eight AIT 9 Nine NIN-ER

226 Different Categories of Messages

Different categories of transmissions exist Since not everything a pilot or controller wants to

share is of the same importance a clearly structured order of priority has been set up which

needs to be adhered to at all times

1) Distress Messages

2) Urgency Messages

3) Messages relating to direction finding

4) Flight Safety Messages

5) Meteorological Messages

6) Flight Regularity Messages

7) State Telegrams

2261 Distress Messages

Distress Calls affect airplanes and their occupants which are in immediate danger and need

help ASAP To indicate an emergency situation the phrase Mayday shall be used

2262 Urgency Messages

Urgency Messages are transmissions related to aircraft safety They can be made for the

own or another aircraft using the phrase Pan-pan

2263 Messages relating to Direction

Messages relating to direction finding are messages for transmission of direction finding

values (what a surprise)

2264 Flight Safety Messages

Flight Safety Messages are the most common transmissions These are the transmissions

made during air traffic control an aircrafts position report or pilot reports that are important

for the flight

2265 Meteorological Messages

The name actually tells you everything ndash in this category of transmission someone passes on

weather information

2266 Flight Regularity Messages

This category covers all transmissions concerning maintenance changes in an aircrafts

operation schedule non-routine landings or similar They are transmitted either on the

frequencies of Flight Information Service or a different dedicated frequency in order to

prevent the distraction of ATC

2267 State Telegrams

A State Telegram is when a head of state or a proxy needs to send a message from an air

plane These transmissions are either done on the frequencies of Flight Information Service

or different dedicated frequency in order to prevent the distraction of ATC Obviously this is

a type of message that does not happen on VATSIM

227 Establishment of Radiotelephony Contact

The pilot always establishes initial radio contact He changes to a new frequency and has to

make an initial call If you are on the ground this initial call consists of the call sign of the

station youre trying to reach your own call sign and the position you are moving to Once

airborne you have to state your current altitude and if different the altitude you are cleared

to There is no need to report your position when airborne As you can see an initial call is

short and includes all necessary information You dont have to tell the controller your

heading shoe size or age ndash he just does not care about that kind of information

Pilot Palma Ground good morning Scandinavian 123 on taxiway Alpha

hellipand in the air

Pilot Marseilles Control Air France 123 FL125 for FL110

228 Call Sign

Each transmission has to include your own call sign in order to let the person at the other

end know who has just spoken or transmitted a message There is absolutely no exception to

this rule During an initial call the call sign of the called station is at the beginning followed

by the own call sign In later phases of flight the controller always puts our call sign at the

beginning followed by his instructions During your read-back you have two options either

you put your call sign at the beginning or in the end ndash there are two philosophies for this

On the one hand you have more time to think about what you actually want to say if you put

your call sign in the beginning

On the other hand a call sign at the end of a transmission indicated to other pilots on the

frequency that our transmission block with the controller is completed and that the frequency

is free for use by others at this time

As you see there are good arguments for both options ndash you have to find out on your own

which suits you more In all the following phraseology examples we will say our call sign at

the beginning

23 Flights under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR)

On the following pages we are going to cover an IFR flight from initial contact with ATC to

finally parking the aircraft at the destination airport looking at all possible phrases you might

encounter We will use a short domestic flight from Frankfurt to Munich as an example This

flight will be done as DLH123 Lufthansa 123 Our routing leads us via Dinkelsbuehl and the

airway T104 to the way-point BURAM at which point our STAR begins The route filed in

our flight plan should look like this

DKB5S DKB T104 BURAM BURAM1M

We know from the airport information sheet that departures to DKB should preferably use

runway 18 for departure so we file an SID from this runway and hope that ATC is not going

to make us change active runway Our cruising altitude for this flight will be FL210

For didactic matters you wont be able to redo this flight exactly as we show it here because

you will most probably not encounter the full load of different situations covered in the next

chapters Please also note that there is nothing polite in phraseology by the book No good

mornings no good byes We will not use any phrases like this in this document but you can

be sure that every ATC be it in the online or the real world appreciates any greetings

231 Departure

Before departure we filed our flight plan (see chapter Flight Planning) and all flight

preparations have been made We begin at gate A32 in Frankfurt

2311 At the Gate (ATIS)

First we check the ATIS (Automatic terminal Information Service) on the specific frequency

in this case 118025 The ATIS besides information on weather also includes the active

runways for departure and landing and other abnormal conditions To make each ATIS

unique it is designated with a letter connected to the specific message you listen to in our

case we heard Information Alpha

2312 At the Gate (Start-Up)

Before each IFR flight the pilot has to obtain the approval to start his engines the so called

start-up This does not mean that the pilot should or even had to start his engines

immediately It just means that ATC does not foresee departure delays of more than 20

minutes in reference to the planned departure time The actual act of starting the engines is

done in cooperation between the flight crew and the ground crew serving the aircraft

Important Pilots should always include the ATIS designator on initial contact with a local

ATC station In some reasons you will also have to include more details on your flight like

your aircraft type or the QNH

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information Alpha request start-up

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery Alpha is correct Start-up is approved

Pilot Start-up approved Lufthansa 123

2313 At the Gate (En Route Clearance)

A flight following instrumental flight rules (IFR) always needs a flight plan which must be

filed with air traffic control (see Flight Planning) Before departure this flight plan has to be

approved by the responsible ATC station Large airports have a dedicated station for this the

so-called Clearance Delivery On smaller airports this task may be done by the local Ground

or Tower controller

You will often get the En-Route Clearance together with the start-up approval so you should

be prepared to get your en-route clearance together with the start-up clearance without a

notice ndash Keyword Pen and Paper

An en-route clearance always has the same structure First you will be cleared to your

destination airport followed by the assigned departure route and sometimes the departure

runway (as long as this is not clearly defined by the departure route itself) Finally there will

be additional information given if the rest of the route is accepted and cleared according to

the flight plan or if there are any changes to the further routing Those changes can become

quite extensive thats why I want to give you ndash again - the advice to have a pen and paper

ready At the end of the clearance ATC assigns you a transponder code the so-called

Squawk which you have to enter into your transponder (this code makes ATCs Secondary

Surveillance Radar able to identify your flight and to correlate your target with your flight

plan)

After the pilots read back of the full clearance ATC will usually confirm that the read back

was correct and complete

Depending on the airport and country you will get your start-up approval right with the en-

route clearance

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 request IFR-clearance to EDDM

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight

planned route squawk 2101

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Or with start-up

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via

DKB5S departure flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot

a) Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight planned

route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

b) Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Pilot

a) Start up approved Lufthansa 123

b) -

2314 At the Gate (Vectored Departure)

Sometimes when a pilot does not know how to follow a standardized departure route ATC

will use Vectored Departures So what does that mean It just means that the pilot gets

specific instructions on what to do after take off The radar controller will make sure that the

pilot finds his routing later using vectors Proceed Direct SOMETHING or similar

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain

runway track climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency

120050 squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain runway track

climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency 120050

squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

2315 At the Gate (Detailed Departure Instruction)

ATC can should a pilot not know the SID also read the whole SID to the pilot Please make

sure you never need to get this service by reading your charts carefully

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when airborne

maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800 feet or 12

DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when

airborne maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800

feet or 12 DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

232 Push Back and Taxi

2321 Push-Back

If you are located at a gate from which you cannot simply taxi straight out from you need to

obtain approval for push-back from Ground Control

Pilot Frankfurt Apron Lufthansa 123 gate A32 request push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Apron push-back approved

Pilot Lufthansa 123 push-back approved

This push-back instruction can be extended to for example include a direction or the length

of the push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved facing east perform a long push into taxiway

Mike

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved perform a u-turn into position A34

As there is a nearly endless pool of options for ground controllers there are not always

standard phrases ndash it is important that pilot and ATC do understand each other As in all

flight phases Communication is everything

If an instruction is not clear you simply ask Say again

2322 Taxi

After push-back or if you are parked at a position from which you can taxi straight out after

engine start you obviously have to get to the runway Designated taxiways lead you there

The task of Ground Control will be done by different stations depending on the airport and

Location of the aircraft at that airport In our example Frankfurt Apron is our first station the

Tower will take over later

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 taxiing to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Now that we are moving ATC has even more possibilities to differ from such easy taxi

instructions as seen before He could for example let us stop before a certain taxiway which

we will cross

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of Quebec traffic will be a Cargo Lux Boeing 747 moving right to left

It is very important for a pilot to always know what happens around him Thats why he

should thoughtfully listen to radio chatter between ATC and other aircraft and of course keep

his eyes out Controllers often help by issuing traffic information

2323 Progressive Taxi

Should you not know your way around an airport or get lost there is the option to ask for

progressive taxi ATC will then advise the pilot where to go

If you get lost and cant solve the situation on your own you can demand this kind of help

from ATC This is always a better solution than strolling around on the apron just because

youre too proud to ask for help

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger expect progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn left now

Pilot Turning left Lufthansa 123

ATC Lufthansa 123 the second taxiway to your right is November Follow

November to holding point runway 18

Pilot Will turn second taxiway to the right follow November to holding point runway

18 Lufthansa 123

2324 Conditional Clearances

ATC can attach further instructions to traffic information for example to let another aircraft

pass and taxi behind it It is very important that you have this traffic in sight if not you have

to inform the controller immediately

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 unable traffic not in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger in this case hold short of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will give way to Air Berlin Boeing 737 on November

233 Tower

When approaching the runway or latest when we reach the holding point Ground will hand

us off to the Tower controller who is responsible for all movements on the runways and

issues all clearances (landing and take off crossing a runway etc)

ATC Lufthansa 123 contact Tower on frequency 119900

Pilot Lufthansa 123 contacting Tower on frequency 119900

Depending on where we are and if we are ready for departure there are different possibilities

for the initial call on the tower frequency

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 approaching runway 18

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 at holding point runway 18 ready for departure

2331 Line Up and Conditional Clearance

The Tower Controller may only give landing and take-off clearances under certain

circumstances one of which being that the runway must be clear of all other traffic The

Tower Controller has some tools with which to separate traffic very effectively and to keep a

steady traffic flow They could have us line up on the runway and wait there

ATC Lufthansa 123 line up runway 18 and wait

Pilot Lufthansa 123 lining up runway 18 and waiting

They can also instruct us to line up behind another aircraft In that case they give us our

clearance to line up even if it would not have been our time They do not have to pray that

the frequency is clear when our actual time comes ndash that makes their work much more

effective

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 lining up runway 18 and waiting

behind

It is very important for us to properly identify the traffic that the tower controller indicated to

us and to keep it in sight at all times Should we not see the traffic the conditional clearance

is invalid ndash we have to immediately inform ATC who will then figure out another clearance

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 negative traffic not in sight

Sometimes ATC ldquoshowsrdquo you the traffic and only gives you the clearance after you

confirmed visual contact

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 on short final runway 25R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 line up runway 25R and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 lining up runway 25R and waiting

behind

2332 Take off Clearance

Now that the runway is cleared we get our take-off clearance The structure and the

information given are always the same

ATC Lufthansa 123 wind 180 degrees 10 knots runway 18 cleared for take off

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 18 cleared for take off

You dont have to read back the wind information as this serves only as an information to the

pilot

234 Departure and Climb

At some airports we have to contact departure ourselves At other airports tower will give the

instruction to call departure with the known phraseology (Lufthansa 123 contact departure

on frequency hellip) Because we are airborne now our current altitude is to be considered in the

next initial-calls as well as the altitude that we are cleared for In this case the altitude were

cleared for is the initial climb altitude that can be found on the charts

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 altitude 2000 feet climbing altitude 4000 feet

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb flight level 80

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climb flight level 80

The controller will identify us on the scope before he gives more instructions As soon as

radarcontact is established ATC will tells us that were bdquoIdentifiedldquo

There are several possibilities why an identification could fail Wrong transponder code

wrong setting of transponder code or a tranponder failure in our airplane The controller will

compair our reported altitude with the altitude indication on his scope If the altitudes match

the controller can separate us from other airplanes bdquoIdentifiedldquo doesnt need to be read back

The controller also could give the instruction to stop our climb before reaching the cleared

altitude

ATC Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Pilot Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Once we reach the border of a sector (either horizontally or vertically) the controller will

instruct us to contact the next station using the already known phraseology He could also tell

us to give further information to the next station eg our speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 report speed to Langen Radar frequency 127500

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will report speed to Langen Radar on frequency 127500

As always when we establish contact with a radar controller we have to report our current

altitude and if different the altitude we are cleared to ndash this is mandatory

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 FL65 for FL70 speed 250 knots

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb FL230

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL230

235 Cruise

We are now cruising along on FL230 There are some situations we may face now but all of

them may appear in other flight phases as well

2351 Proceed Direct to

ATC could give us a short cut to a certain way point It can be part of our flight plan but

does not necessarily have to

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So now we proceed to that point from our present position If the waypoint is part of our

flight plan we follow our routing after that point

This is the same instruction but packed a little differently

ATC Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So we follow our routing as planned until we reach KNG and turn towards DKB afterwards

If you dont get the name of the way point you can ask the controller to spell it (please spell

the name)

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct ANEKI Alpha November Echo Kilo India

Pilot Proceeding direct Alpha November Echo Kilo India Lufthansa 123

2352 Changes to Route

ATC can give us a different routing for a segment

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter proceed direct BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter direct BURAM

2353 Heading and Vectors

Sometimes its necessary to have us turn away from the planned route by using vectors

which are simple headings we need to follow

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn right heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 turning right heading 180

We can of course do the whole turn in the other direction as well

If ATC is not sure in which direction we need to turn he can issue an instruction without a

direction ndash we then turn in the direction where we have to turn the least

ATC Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

236 Approach and Descend

2361 Descend

Slowly but steady we get closer to our destination and want to start descending In case ATC

did not work ahead and issued a descend clearance early we can of course draw the

controllers attention to us and just ask for descend

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request descent or Lufthansa 123 ready for descent

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180

In order to control the descend ATC has a few tools that can be used

2362 Instructing a Rate

ATC can instruct you to descend with a certain vertical speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

2363 Descend Restrictions

If the controller wants us to be at a certain altitude atbehindabeambefore a specified

waypoint he gives an instruction like the following

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

This means that we have to descend in a manner to reach BURAM at FL 180 we could also

reach it earlier if we wanted The net phrase is a little more restricting as we now have to

reach FL 180 exactly at BURAM not earlier not later ndash exactly

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending to reach FL 180 at BURAM

The defined restriction does not have to be bound to a waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Sometimes a controller needs us to reach an altitude somewhere abeam a certain point In

order to follow that instruction we first need to know where that waypoint is That usually

happens when ATC issues vectors This is used if the controller needs us on a specific

altitude at a certain point and we are not following a routing or flying directly to a later

waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 abeam RENLO

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to reach level abeam RENLO

As you see its an advantage to have all charts ndash en-route charts too ndash at hand and ready If

you do not have en-route charts most FMCs available for FS offer the option to enter a

waypoint on the FIX page (or similar) and sometimes even offer to insert an ABEAM

POINT (eg PMDG 737 NG)

Another option is to delay the beginning of descend until ATC can either tell us a certain

point where we have to start our descend or give us an early descend with the option to start

it whenever we want ndash as long as we meet the restrictions ATC gives us So we can maintain

our cruising altitude as long as we want If you prefer to stay high longer and then just drop

out of the sky thats fine if you want to do a steady slow descend you can do that as well

ATC Lufthansa 123 when passing Dinkelsbuumlhel descend FL 180

ATC Lufthansa 123 when ready descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

You can find more important information on the topic descend (planning tactics execution)

in the chapter OPERATION of Flight Training

2364 Holdings

We essentially come across two main types of holdings Published and unpublished or

unknown holdings

You wont be very surprised when I tell you that there are standardized phrases for the entry

and exit of holding patterns More information on holding patterns can be found in the

chapter BASICS of Flight Training

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold at ROKIL (as published)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 holding at ROKIL (as published)

Holding patterns are not unforeseeable so ATC often prepares pilots that there will be a

holding pattern Often this includes the clearance to reduce your speed ndash perhaps you can

avoid the holding this way

ATC Lufthansa 123 expect holding at ROKIL reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 expecting hold over ROKIL reducing to minimum clean speed

As always ndash if ATC does not give us the approval to reduce speed we can just ask him But

dont do it on your own Another aircraft may be on the same level behind us

Pilot Lufthansa 123 may we reduce to minimum clean speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 reducing minimum clean

If a pilot does not know the holding he was instructed to join he has to ask for instructions

ATC will then provide the necessary information to the pilot The holding instruction will

look like this

Fix | inbound course | turn direction | leg timedistance

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request holding instructions

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold over ROKIL inbound track 128 right turns leg time 1 minute

237 Types of Approaches

Next we will establish contact with approach control This is a local control station - as we

learned earlier we have to include the ATIS designator during the initial call A good time to

listen to the ATIS is around your top of descend

Pilot Muumlnchen Arrival Lufthansa 123 FL 185 for FL 180 information Bravo

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Arrival identified Bravo is correct

2371 STAR

This is what a clearance onto a STAR looks like

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

2372 Transition (without Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 6: VATEUD Pilots Manual

2 PHRA SEO LO GY TRAI NIN G MA NUAL

21 Introduction

In aviation people from many different countries get together This makes communication

between Air Traffic Control (ATC) and flight crews pretty difficult as many different

languages and knowledge of foreign languages collide To prevent misunderstandings and to

ensure safety in aviation it is very important to base all communication on standardized

phrases During the next chapters we shall cover and look at the phrases you might encounter

during different phases of your flight

22 Basics

Radio traffic for flights under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) must be conducted in one of the

ICAO (International Civil Aviation Organization) officially approved languages These are

English French Spanish Russian Chinese and Arabic

For flights under Visual Flight Rules (VFR) the local language may also be used for

communications Deviations from these regulations may be found in the AIPrsquos

(Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP) of their respective countries since

there are simply too many special rules to address them all in this document

You should always pay attention to the fact that colloquial language is used In addition you

should not speak too fast but also not too slowly ndash a well-balanced speech tempo is

important This also counts to the volume and clearness of the pronunciation

221 Confirmations and Transmissions

Air-traffic controllers and pilots work together in a team and usually communicate using a

VHF radio device The air-traffic controller gives instructions and advices to the pilots The

crew must confirm these with a so-called read back to show to the air-traffic controller that

the instruction was understood and the air-traffic controller can correct possible mistakes A

read back is basically mandatory for everything that contains figures Exceptions are only

information about wind and weather They do not stand for instructions in the real sense

Instructions that are not repeated by the pilot do count as not transmitted

222 Radio Discipline

It is very important to maintain discipline in radio traffic especially in high traffic situations

where frequency time is short During phases of high traffic the restricted time for

transmitting is used efficiently The pilots must listen carefully to the radio to be able to

answer the instructions fast and dont miss an announcement In addition pilots and ATC

alike must avoid overlapping of radio messages If a pilot switches to a new frequency he

should first listen to the radio carefully He has to wait until a gap arises and all

communication strings with other pilots have been finished A communication string consists

of both an instruction AND a read-back

223 Communication is everything

Despite set phrases and many standardised procedures there are always situations in which

pilots are not sure what the air-traffic controller just meant It is essential that air-traffic

controller and pilot are talking about the same thing If anything is unclear an enquiry is

mandatory it is just the same as in all other areas of life Communication is everything

People talking to each other will usually get along very well This simple fact also applies to

pilots and ATC ndash on ground and in the air

224 Say Again

There are two magic words that are always a correct answer to an instruction Say again If

you want to be polite you can add the word please Please say again

A basic principle If the receiver did not understand the complete transmission clearly then

the only correct read back is always say again This is a global rule It is one of the most

important circuit breakers against misunderstandings and resulting incidents Please print and

frame this and nail it next to your PC or bed

225 NATOICAO Alphanumerical pronounciation

In Aviation all letters are designed via the NATOICAO alphabet You donrsquot call an A an A

but say Alpha

A Alpha AL fah B Bravo BRAH

VOH

C Charlie CHAR lee D Delta DELL tah

E Echo ECK oh F Foxtrot FOKS trot

G Golf GOLF H Hotel hoh TELL

I India IN dee ah J Juliet JEW lee

ETT

K Kilo KEY loh L Lima LEE mah

M Mike MIKE N November no VEM

ber

O Oscar OSS cah P Papa pah PAH

Q Quebec keh BECK R Romeo ROW me

oh

S Sierra see AIR rah T Tango TANG go

U Uniform YOU nee

form V Victor VIK tah

W Whiskey WISS key X Xray ECKS

RAY

Y Yankee YANG key Z Zulu ZOO loo

Numbers are generally pronounced in single digits for example Iberia 123 is not pronounced

as Iberia Hundred and twenty three but as Iberia one two three

We say generally as this applies in Europe however in the USA the opposite is the general

rule

The exception to this rule is that numbers which end on even Hundreds or Thousands are

pronounced as such for example 500 is not pronounced five zero zero but as five hundred

the same would apply to 5000 or 5500

Again numbers same as with letters are pronounced slightly differently to what we use in

normal communication

0 Zero ZEE-RO 1 One WUN

2 Two TOO 3 Three TREE

4 Four FOW-ER 5 Five FIFE

6 Six SIX 7 Seven SEV-EN

8 Eight AIT 9 Nine NIN-ER

226 Different Categories of Messages

Different categories of transmissions exist Since not everything a pilot or controller wants to

share is of the same importance a clearly structured order of priority has been set up which

needs to be adhered to at all times

1) Distress Messages

2) Urgency Messages

3) Messages relating to direction finding

4) Flight Safety Messages

5) Meteorological Messages

6) Flight Regularity Messages

7) State Telegrams

2261 Distress Messages

Distress Calls affect airplanes and their occupants which are in immediate danger and need

help ASAP To indicate an emergency situation the phrase Mayday shall be used

2262 Urgency Messages

Urgency Messages are transmissions related to aircraft safety They can be made for the

own or another aircraft using the phrase Pan-pan

2263 Messages relating to Direction

Messages relating to direction finding are messages for transmission of direction finding

values (what a surprise)

2264 Flight Safety Messages

Flight Safety Messages are the most common transmissions These are the transmissions

made during air traffic control an aircrafts position report or pilot reports that are important

for the flight

2265 Meteorological Messages

The name actually tells you everything ndash in this category of transmission someone passes on

weather information

2266 Flight Regularity Messages

This category covers all transmissions concerning maintenance changes in an aircrafts

operation schedule non-routine landings or similar They are transmitted either on the

frequencies of Flight Information Service or a different dedicated frequency in order to

prevent the distraction of ATC

2267 State Telegrams

A State Telegram is when a head of state or a proxy needs to send a message from an air

plane These transmissions are either done on the frequencies of Flight Information Service

or different dedicated frequency in order to prevent the distraction of ATC Obviously this is

a type of message that does not happen on VATSIM

227 Establishment of Radiotelephony Contact

The pilot always establishes initial radio contact He changes to a new frequency and has to

make an initial call If you are on the ground this initial call consists of the call sign of the

station youre trying to reach your own call sign and the position you are moving to Once

airborne you have to state your current altitude and if different the altitude you are cleared

to There is no need to report your position when airborne As you can see an initial call is

short and includes all necessary information You dont have to tell the controller your

heading shoe size or age ndash he just does not care about that kind of information

Pilot Palma Ground good morning Scandinavian 123 on taxiway Alpha

hellipand in the air

Pilot Marseilles Control Air France 123 FL125 for FL110

228 Call Sign

Each transmission has to include your own call sign in order to let the person at the other

end know who has just spoken or transmitted a message There is absolutely no exception to

this rule During an initial call the call sign of the called station is at the beginning followed

by the own call sign In later phases of flight the controller always puts our call sign at the

beginning followed by his instructions During your read-back you have two options either

you put your call sign at the beginning or in the end ndash there are two philosophies for this

On the one hand you have more time to think about what you actually want to say if you put

your call sign in the beginning

On the other hand a call sign at the end of a transmission indicated to other pilots on the

frequency that our transmission block with the controller is completed and that the frequency

is free for use by others at this time

As you see there are good arguments for both options ndash you have to find out on your own

which suits you more In all the following phraseology examples we will say our call sign at

the beginning

23 Flights under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR)

On the following pages we are going to cover an IFR flight from initial contact with ATC to

finally parking the aircraft at the destination airport looking at all possible phrases you might

encounter We will use a short domestic flight from Frankfurt to Munich as an example This

flight will be done as DLH123 Lufthansa 123 Our routing leads us via Dinkelsbuehl and the

airway T104 to the way-point BURAM at which point our STAR begins The route filed in

our flight plan should look like this

DKB5S DKB T104 BURAM BURAM1M

We know from the airport information sheet that departures to DKB should preferably use

runway 18 for departure so we file an SID from this runway and hope that ATC is not going

to make us change active runway Our cruising altitude for this flight will be FL210

For didactic matters you wont be able to redo this flight exactly as we show it here because

you will most probably not encounter the full load of different situations covered in the next

chapters Please also note that there is nothing polite in phraseology by the book No good

mornings no good byes We will not use any phrases like this in this document but you can

be sure that every ATC be it in the online or the real world appreciates any greetings

231 Departure

Before departure we filed our flight plan (see chapter Flight Planning) and all flight

preparations have been made We begin at gate A32 in Frankfurt

2311 At the Gate (ATIS)

First we check the ATIS (Automatic terminal Information Service) on the specific frequency

in this case 118025 The ATIS besides information on weather also includes the active

runways for departure and landing and other abnormal conditions To make each ATIS

unique it is designated with a letter connected to the specific message you listen to in our

case we heard Information Alpha

2312 At the Gate (Start-Up)

Before each IFR flight the pilot has to obtain the approval to start his engines the so called

start-up This does not mean that the pilot should or even had to start his engines

immediately It just means that ATC does not foresee departure delays of more than 20

minutes in reference to the planned departure time The actual act of starting the engines is

done in cooperation between the flight crew and the ground crew serving the aircraft

Important Pilots should always include the ATIS designator on initial contact with a local

ATC station In some reasons you will also have to include more details on your flight like

your aircraft type or the QNH

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information Alpha request start-up

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery Alpha is correct Start-up is approved

Pilot Start-up approved Lufthansa 123

2313 At the Gate (En Route Clearance)

A flight following instrumental flight rules (IFR) always needs a flight plan which must be

filed with air traffic control (see Flight Planning) Before departure this flight plan has to be

approved by the responsible ATC station Large airports have a dedicated station for this the

so-called Clearance Delivery On smaller airports this task may be done by the local Ground

or Tower controller

You will often get the En-Route Clearance together with the start-up approval so you should

be prepared to get your en-route clearance together with the start-up clearance without a

notice ndash Keyword Pen and Paper

An en-route clearance always has the same structure First you will be cleared to your

destination airport followed by the assigned departure route and sometimes the departure

runway (as long as this is not clearly defined by the departure route itself) Finally there will

be additional information given if the rest of the route is accepted and cleared according to

the flight plan or if there are any changes to the further routing Those changes can become

quite extensive thats why I want to give you ndash again - the advice to have a pen and paper

ready At the end of the clearance ATC assigns you a transponder code the so-called

Squawk which you have to enter into your transponder (this code makes ATCs Secondary

Surveillance Radar able to identify your flight and to correlate your target with your flight

plan)

After the pilots read back of the full clearance ATC will usually confirm that the read back

was correct and complete

Depending on the airport and country you will get your start-up approval right with the en-

route clearance

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 request IFR-clearance to EDDM

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight

planned route squawk 2101

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Or with start-up

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via

DKB5S departure flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot

a) Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight planned

route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

b) Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Pilot

a) Start up approved Lufthansa 123

b) -

2314 At the Gate (Vectored Departure)

Sometimes when a pilot does not know how to follow a standardized departure route ATC

will use Vectored Departures So what does that mean It just means that the pilot gets

specific instructions on what to do after take off The radar controller will make sure that the

pilot finds his routing later using vectors Proceed Direct SOMETHING or similar

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain

runway track climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency

120050 squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain runway track

climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency 120050

squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

2315 At the Gate (Detailed Departure Instruction)

ATC can should a pilot not know the SID also read the whole SID to the pilot Please make

sure you never need to get this service by reading your charts carefully

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when airborne

maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800 feet or 12

DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when

airborne maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800

feet or 12 DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

232 Push Back and Taxi

2321 Push-Back

If you are located at a gate from which you cannot simply taxi straight out from you need to

obtain approval for push-back from Ground Control

Pilot Frankfurt Apron Lufthansa 123 gate A32 request push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Apron push-back approved

Pilot Lufthansa 123 push-back approved

This push-back instruction can be extended to for example include a direction or the length

of the push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved facing east perform a long push into taxiway

Mike

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved perform a u-turn into position A34

As there is a nearly endless pool of options for ground controllers there are not always

standard phrases ndash it is important that pilot and ATC do understand each other As in all

flight phases Communication is everything

If an instruction is not clear you simply ask Say again

2322 Taxi

After push-back or if you are parked at a position from which you can taxi straight out after

engine start you obviously have to get to the runway Designated taxiways lead you there

The task of Ground Control will be done by different stations depending on the airport and

Location of the aircraft at that airport In our example Frankfurt Apron is our first station the

Tower will take over later

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 taxiing to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Now that we are moving ATC has even more possibilities to differ from such easy taxi

instructions as seen before He could for example let us stop before a certain taxiway which

we will cross

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of Quebec traffic will be a Cargo Lux Boeing 747 moving right to left

It is very important for a pilot to always know what happens around him Thats why he

should thoughtfully listen to radio chatter between ATC and other aircraft and of course keep

his eyes out Controllers often help by issuing traffic information

2323 Progressive Taxi

Should you not know your way around an airport or get lost there is the option to ask for

progressive taxi ATC will then advise the pilot where to go

If you get lost and cant solve the situation on your own you can demand this kind of help

from ATC This is always a better solution than strolling around on the apron just because

youre too proud to ask for help

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger expect progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn left now

Pilot Turning left Lufthansa 123

ATC Lufthansa 123 the second taxiway to your right is November Follow

November to holding point runway 18

Pilot Will turn second taxiway to the right follow November to holding point runway

18 Lufthansa 123

2324 Conditional Clearances

ATC can attach further instructions to traffic information for example to let another aircraft

pass and taxi behind it It is very important that you have this traffic in sight if not you have

to inform the controller immediately

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 unable traffic not in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger in this case hold short of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will give way to Air Berlin Boeing 737 on November

233 Tower

When approaching the runway or latest when we reach the holding point Ground will hand

us off to the Tower controller who is responsible for all movements on the runways and

issues all clearances (landing and take off crossing a runway etc)

ATC Lufthansa 123 contact Tower on frequency 119900

Pilot Lufthansa 123 contacting Tower on frequency 119900

Depending on where we are and if we are ready for departure there are different possibilities

for the initial call on the tower frequency

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 approaching runway 18

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 at holding point runway 18 ready for departure

2331 Line Up and Conditional Clearance

The Tower Controller may only give landing and take-off clearances under certain

circumstances one of which being that the runway must be clear of all other traffic The

Tower Controller has some tools with which to separate traffic very effectively and to keep a

steady traffic flow They could have us line up on the runway and wait there

ATC Lufthansa 123 line up runway 18 and wait

Pilot Lufthansa 123 lining up runway 18 and waiting

They can also instruct us to line up behind another aircraft In that case they give us our

clearance to line up even if it would not have been our time They do not have to pray that

the frequency is clear when our actual time comes ndash that makes their work much more

effective

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 lining up runway 18 and waiting

behind

It is very important for us to properly identify the traffic that the tower controller indicated to

us and to keep it in sight at all times Should we not see the traffic the conditional clearance

is invalid ndash we have to immediately inform ATC who will then figure out another clearance

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 negative traffic not in sight

Sometimes ATC ldquoshowsrdquo you the traffic and only gives you the clearance after you

confirmed visual contact

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 on short final runway 25R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 line up runway 25R and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 lining up runway 25R and waiting

behind

2332 Take off Clearance

Now that the runway is cleared we get our take-off clearance The structure and the

information given are always the same

ATC Lufthansa 123 wind 180 degrees 10 knots runway 18 cleared for take off

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 18 cleared for take off

You dont have to read back the wind information as this serves only as an information to the

pilot

234 Departure and Climb

At some airports we have to contact departure ourselves At other airports tower will give the

instruction to call departure with the known phraseology (Lufthansa 123 contact departure

on frequency hellip) Because we are airborne now our current altitude is to be considered in the

next initial-calls as well as the altitude that we are cleared for In this case the altitude were

cleared for is the initial climb altitude that can be found on the charts

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 altitude 2000 feet climbing altitude 4000 feet

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb flight level 80

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climb flight level 80

The controller will identify us on the scope before he gives more instructions As soon as

radarcontact is established ATC will tells us that were bdquoIdentifiedldquo

There are several possibilities why an identification could fail Wrong transponder code

wrong setting of transponder code or a tranponder failure in our airplane The controller will

compair our reported altitude with the altitude indication on his scope If the altitudes match

the controller can separate us from other airplanes bdquoIdentifiedldquo doesnt need to be read back

The controller also could give the instruction to stop our climb before reaching the cleared

altitude

ATC Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Pilot Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Once we reach the border of a sector (either horizontally or vertically) the controller will

instruct us to contact the next station using the already known phraseology He could also tell

us to give further information to the next station eg our speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 report speed to Langen Radar frequency 127500

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will report speed to Langen Radar on frequency 127500

As always when we establish contact with a radar controller we have to report our current

altitude and if different the altitude we are cleared to ndash this is mandatory

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 FL65 for FL70 speed 250 knots

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb FL230

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL230

235 Cruise

We are now cruising along on FL230 There are some situations we may face now but all of

them may appear in other flight phases as well

2351 Proceed Direct to

ATC could give us a short cut to a certain way point It can be part of our flight plan but

does not necessarily have to

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So now we proceed to that point from our present position If the waypoint is part of our

flight plan we follow our routing after that point

This is the same instruction but packed a little differently

ATC Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So we follow our routing as planned until we reach KNG and turn towards DKB afterwards

If you dont get the name of the way point you can ask the controller to spell it (please spell

the name)

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct ANEKI Alpha November Echo Kilo India

Pilot Proceeding direct Alpha November Echo Kilo India Lufthansa 123

2352 Changes to Route

ATC can give us a different routing for a segment

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter proceed direct BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter direct BURAM

2353 Heading and Vectors

Sometimes its necessary to have us turn away from the planned route by using vectors

which are simple headings we need to follow

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn right heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 turning right heading 180

We can of course do the whole turn in the other direction as well

If ATC is not sure in which direction we need to turn he can issue an instruction without a

direction ndash we then turn in the direction where we have to turn the least

ATC Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

236 Approach and Descend

2361 Descend

Slowly but steady we get closer to our destination and want to start descending In case ATC

did not work ahead and issued a descend clearance early we can of course draw the

controllers attention to us and just ask for descend

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request descent or Lufthansa 123 ready for descent

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180

In order to control the descend ATC has a few tools that can be used

2362 Instructing a Rate

ATC can instruct you to descend with a certain vertical speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

2363 Descend Restrictions

If the controller wants us to be at a certain altitude atbehindabeambefore a specified

waypoint he gives an instruction like the following

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

This means that we have to descend in a manner to reach BURAM at FL 180 we could also

reach it earlier if we wanted The net phrase is a little more restricting as we now have to

reach FL 180 exactly at BURAM not earlier not later ndash exactly

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending to reach FL 180 at BURAM

The defined restriction does not have to be bound to a waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Sometimes a controller needs us to reach an altitude somewhere abeam a certain point In

order to follow that instruction we first need to know where that waypoint is That usually

happens when ATC issues vectors This is used if the controller needs us on a specific

altitude at a certain point and we are not following a routing or flying directly to a later

waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 abeam RENLO

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to reach level abeam RENLO

As you see its an advantage to have all charts ndash en-route charts too ndash at hand and ready If

you do not have en-route charts most FMCs available for FS offer the option to enter a

waypoint on the FIX page (or similar) and sometimes even offer to insert an ABEAM

POINT (eg PMDG 737 NG)

Another option is to delay the beginning of descend until ATC can either tell us a certain

point where we have to start our descend or give us an early descend with the option to start

it whenever we want ndash as long as we meet the restrictions ATC gives us So we can maintain

our cruising altitude as long as we want If you prefer to stay high longer and then just drop

out of the sky thats fine if you want to do a steady slow descend you can do that as well

ATC Lufthansa 123 when passing Dinkelsbuumlhel descend FL 180

ATC Lufthansa 123 when ready descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

You can find more important information on the topic descend (planning tactics execution)

in the chapter OPERATION of Flight Training

2364 Holdings

We essentially come across two main types of holdings Published and unpublished or

unknown holdings

You wont be very surprised when I tell you that there are standardized phrases for the entry

and exit of holding patterns More information on holding patterns can be found in the

chapter BASICS of Flight Training

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold at ROKIL (as published)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 holding at ROKIL (as published)

Holding patterns are not unforeseeable so ATC often prepares pilots that there will be a

holding pattern Often this includes the clearance to reduce your speed ndash perhaps you can

avoid the holding this way

ATC Lufthansa 123 expect holding at ROKIL reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 expecting hold over ROKIL reducing to minimum clean speed

As always ndash if ATC does not give us the approval to reduce speed we can just ask him But

dont do it on your own Another aircraft may be on the same level behind us

Pilot Lufthansa 123 may we reduce to minimum clean speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 reducing minimum clean

If a pilot does not know the holding he was instructed to join he has to ask for instructions

ATC will then provide the necessary information to the pilot The holding instruction will

look like this

Fix | inbound course | turn direction | leg timedistance

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request holding instructions

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold over ROKIL inbound track 128 right turns leg time 1 minute

237 Types of Approaches

Next we will establish contact with approach control This is a local control station - as we

learned earlier we have to include the ATIS designator during the initial call A good time to

listen to the ATIS is around your top of descend

Pilot Muumlnchen Arrival Lufthansa 123 FL 185 for FL 180 information Bravo

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Arrival identified Bravo is correct

2371 STAR

This is what a clearance onto a STAR looks like

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

2372 Transition (without Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 7: VATEUD Pilots Manual

223 Communication is everything

Despite set phrases and many standardised procedures there are always situations in which

pilots are not sure what the air-traffic controller just meant It is essential that air-traffic

controller and pilot are talking about the same thing If anything is unclear an enquiry is

mandatory it is just the same as in all other areas of life Communication is everything

People talking to each other will usually get along very well This simple fact also applies to

pilots and ATC ndash on ground and in the air

224 Say Again

There are two magic words that are always a correct answer to an instruction Say again If

you want to be polite you can add the word please Please say again

A basic principle If the receiver did not understand the complete transmission clearly then

the only correct read back is always say again This is a global rule It is one of the most

important circuit breakers against misunderstandings and resulting incidents Please print and

frame this and nail it next to your PC or bed

225 NATOICAO Alphanumerical pronounciation

In Aviation all letters are designed via the NATOICAO alphabet You donrsquot call an A an A

but say Alpha

A Alpha AL fah B Bravo BRAH

VOH

C Charlie CHAR lee D Delta DELL tah

E Echo ECK oh F Foxtrot FOKS trot

G Golf GOLF H Hotel hoh TELL

I India IN dee ah J Juliet JEW lee

ETT

K Kilo KEY loh L Lima LEE mah

M Mike MIKE N November no VEM

ber

O Oscar OSS cah P Papa pah PAH

Q Quebec keh BECK R Romeo ROW me

oh

S Sierra see AIR rah T Tango TANG go

U Uniform YOU nee

form V Victor VIK tah

W Whiskey WISS key X Xray ECKS

RAY

Y Yankee YANG key Z Zulu ZOO loo

Numbers are generally pronounced in single digits for example Iberia 123 is not pronounced

as Iberia Hundred and twenty three but as Iberia one two three

We say generally as this applies in Europe however in the USA the opposite is the general

rule

The exception to this rule is that numbers which end on even Hundreds or Thousands are

pronounced as such for example 500 is not pronounced five zero zero but as five hundred

the same would apply to 5000 or 5500

Again numbers same as with letters are pronounced slightly differently to what we use in

normal communication

0 Zero ZEE-RO 1 One WUN

2 Two TOO 3 Three TREE

4 Four FOW-ER 5 Five FIFE

6 Six SIX 7 Seven SEV-EN

8 Eight AIT 9 Nine NIN-ER

226 Different Categories of Messages

Different categories of transmissions exist Since not everything a pilot or controller wants to

share is of the same importance a clearly structured order of priority has been set up which

needs to be adhered to at all times

1) Distress Messages

2) Urgency Messages

3) Messages relating to direction finding

4) Flight Safety Messages

5) Meteorological Messages

6) Flight Regularity Messages

7) State Telegrams

2261 Distress Messages

Distress Calls affect airplanes and their occupants which are in immediate danger and need

help ASAP To indicate an emergency situation the phrase Mayday shall be used

2262 Urgency Messages

Urgency Messages are transmissions related to aircraft safety They can be made for the

own or another aircraft using the phrase Pan-pan

2263 Messages relating to Direction

Messages relating to direction finding are messages for transmission of direction finding

values (what a surprise)

2264 Flight Safety Messages

Flight Safety Messages are the most common transmissions These are the transmissions

made during air traffic control an aircrafts position report or pilot reports that are important

for the flight

2265 Meteorological Messages

The name actually tells you everything ndash in this category of transmission someone passes on

weather information

2266 Flight Regularity Messages

This category covers all transmissions concerning maintenance changes in an aircrafts

operation schedule non-routine landings or similar They are transmitted either on the

frequencies of Flight Information Service or a different dedicated frequency in order to

prevent the distraction of ATC

2267 State Telegrams

A State Telegram is when a head of state or a proxy needs to send a message from an air

plane These transmissions are either done on the frequencies of Flight Information Service

or different dedicated frequency in order to prevent the distraction of ATC Obviously this is

a type of message that does not happen on VATSIM

227 Establishment of Radiotelephony Contact

The pilot always establishes initial radio contact He changes to a new frequency and has to

make an initial call If you are on the ground this initial call consists of the call sign of the

station youre trying to reach your own call sign and the position you are moving to Once

airborne you have to state your current altitude and if different the altitude you are cleared

to There is no need to report your position when airborne As you can see an initial call is

short and includes all necessary information You dont have to tell the controller your

heading shoe size or age ndash he just does not care about that kind of information

Pilot Palma Ground good morning Scandinavian 123 on taxiway Alpha

hellipand in the air

Pilot Marseilles Control Air France 123 FL125 for FL110

228 Call Sign

Each transmission has to include your own call sign in order to let the person at the other

end know who has just spoken or transmitted a message There is absolutely no exception to

this rule During an initial call the call sign of the called station is at the beginning followed

by the own call sign In later phases of flight the controller always puts our call sign at the

beginning followed by his instructions During your read-back you have two options either

you put your call sign at the beginning or in the end ndash there are two philosophies for this

On the one hand you have more time to think about what you actually want to say if you put

your call sign in the beginning

On the other hand a call sign at the end of a transmission indicated to other pilots on the

frequency that our transmission block with the controller is completed and that the frequency

is free for use by others at this time

As you see there are good arguments for both options ndash you have to find out on your own

which suits you more In all the following phraseology examples we will say our call sign at

the beginning

23 Flights under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR)

On the following pages we are going to cover an IFR flight from initial contact with ATC to

finally parking the aircraft at the destination airport looking at all possible phrases you might

encounter We will use a short domestic flight from Frankfurt to Munich as an example This

flight will be done as DLH123 Lufthansa 123 Our routing leads us via Dinkelsbuehl and the

airway T104 to the way-point BURAM at which point our STAR begins The route filed in

our flight plan should look like this

DKB5S DKB T104 BURAM BURAM1M

We know from the airport information sheet that departures to DKB should preferably use

runway 18 for departure so we file an SID from this runway and hope that ATC is not going

to make us change active runway Our cruising altitude for this flight will be FL210

For didactic matters you wont be able to redo this flight exactly as we show it here because

you will most probably not encounter the full load of different situations covered in the next

chapters Please also note that there is nothing polite in phraseology by the book No good

mornings no good byes We will not use any phrases like this in this document but you can

be sure that every ATC be it in the online or the real world appreciates any greetings

231 Departure

Before departure we filed our flight plan (see chapter Flight Planning) and all flight

preparations have been made We begin at gate A32 in Frankfurt

2311 At the Gate (ATIS)

First we check the ATIS (Automatic terminal Information Service) on the specific frequency

in this case 118025 The ATIS besides information on weather also includes the active

runways for departure and landing and other abnormal conditions To make each ATIS

unique it is designated with a letter connected to the specific message you listen to in our

case we heard Information Alpha

2312 At the Gate (Start-Up)

Before each IFR flight the pilot has to obtain the approval to start his engines the so called

start-up This does not mean that the pilot should or even had to start his engines

immediately It just means that ATC does not foresee departure delays of more than 20

minutes in reference to the planned departure time The actual act of starting the engines is

done in cooperation between the flight crew and the ground crew serving the aircraft

Important Pilots should always include the ATIS designator on initial contact with a local

ATC station In some reasons you will also have to include more details on your flight like

your aircraft type or the QNH

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information Alpha request start-up

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery Alpha is correct Start-up is approved

Pilot Start-up approved Lufthansa 123

2313 At the Gate (En Route Clearance)

A flight following instrumental flight rules (IFR) always needs a flight plan which must be

filed with air traffic control (see Flight Planning) Before departure this flight plan has to be

approved by the responsible ATC station Large airports have a dedicated station for this the

so-called Clearance Delivery On smaller airports this task may be done by the local Ground

or Tower controller

You will often get the En-Route Clearance together with the start-up approval so you should

be prepared to get your en-route clearance together with the start-up clearance without a

notice ndash Keyword Pen and Paper

An en-route clearance always has the same structure First you will be cleared to your

destination airport followed by the assigned departure route and sometimes the departure

runway (as long as this is not clearly defined by the departure route itself) Finally there will

be additional information given if the rest of the route is accepted and cleared according to

the flight plan or if there are any changes to the further routing Those changes can become

quite extensive thats why I want to give you ndash again - the advice to have a pen and paper

ready At the end of the clearance ATC assigns you a transponder code the so-called

Squawk which you have to enter into your transponder (this code makes ATCs Secondary

Surveillance Radar able to identify your flight and to correlate your target with your flight

plan)

After the pilots read back of the full clearance ATC will usually confirm that the read back

was correct and complete

Depending on the airport and country you will get your start-up approval right with the en-

route clearance

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 request IFR-clearance to EDDM

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight

planned route squawk 2101

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Or with start-up

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via

DKB5S departure flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot

a) Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight planned

route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

b) Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Pilot

a) Start up approved Lufthansa 123

b) -

2314 At the Gate (Vectored Departure)

Sometimes when a pilot does not know how to follow a standardized departure route ATC

will use Vectored Departures So what does that mean It just means that the pilot gets

specific instructions on what to do after take off The radar controller will make sure that the

pilot finds his routing later using vectors Proceed Direct SOMETHING or similar

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain

runway track climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency

120050 squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain runway track

climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency 120050

squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

2315 At the Gate (Detailed Departure Instruction)

ATC can should a pilot not know the SID also read the whole SID to the pilot Please make

sure you never need to get this service by reading your charts carefully

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when airborne

maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800 feet or 12

DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when

airborne maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800

feet or 12 DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

232 Push Back and Taxi

2321 Push-Back

If you are located at a gate from which you cannot simply taxi straight out from you need to

obtain approval for push-back from Ground Control

Pilot Frankfurt Apron Lufthansa 123 gate A32 request push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Apron push-back approved

Pilot Lufthansa 123 push-back approved

This push-back instruction can be extended to for example include a direction or the length

of the push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved facing east perform a long push into taxiway

Mike

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved perform a u-turn into position A34

As there is a nearly endless pool of options for ground controllers there are not always

standard phrases ndash it is important that pilot and ATC do understand each other As in all

flight phases Communication is everything

If an instruction is not clear you simply ask Say again

2322 Taxi

After push-back or if you are parked at a position from which you can taxi straight out after

engine start you obviously have to get to the runway Designated taxiways lead you there

The task of Ground Control will be done by different stations depending on the airport and

Location of the aircraft at that airport In our example Frankfurt Apron is our first station the

Tower will take over later

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 taxiing to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Now that we are moving ATC has even more possibilities to differ from such easy taxi

instructions as seen before He could for example let us stop before a certain taxiway which

we will cross

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of Quebec traffic will be a Cargo Lux Boeing 747 moving right to left

It is very important for a pilot to always know what happens around him Thats why he

should thoughtfully listen to radio chatter between ATC and other aircraft and of course keep

his eyes out Controllers often help by issuing traffic information

2323 Progressive Taxi

Should you not know your way around an airport or get lost there is the option to ask for

progressive taxi ATC will then advise the pilot where to go

If you get lost and cant solve the situation on your own you can demand this kind of help

from ATC This is always a better solution than strolling around on the apron just because

youre too proud to ask for help

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger expect progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn left now

Pilot Turning left Lufthansa 123

ATC Lufthansa 123 the second taxiway to your right is November Follow

November to holding point runway 18

Pilot Will turn second taxiway to the right follow November to holding point runway

18 Lufthansa 123

2324 Conditional Clearances

ATC can attach further instructions to traffic information for example to let another aircraft

pass and taxi behind it It is very important that you have this traffic in sight if not you have

to inform the controller immediately

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 unable traffic not in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger in this case hold short of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will give way to Air Berlin Boeing 737 on November

233 Tower

When approaching the runway or latest when we reach the holding point Ground will hand

us off to the Tower controller who is responsible for all movements on the runways and

issues all clearances (landing and take off crossing a runway etc)

ATC Lufthansa 123 contact Tower on frequency 119900

Pilot Lufthansa 123 contacting Tower on frequency 119900

Depending on where we are and if we are ready for departure there are different possibilities

for the initial call on the tower frequency

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 approaching runway 18

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 at holding point runway 18 ready for departure

2331 Line Up and Conditional Clearance

The Tower Controller may only give landing and take-off clearances under certain

circumstances one of which being that the runway must be clear of all other traffic The

Tower Controller has some tools with which to separate traffic very effectively and to keep a

steady traffic flow They could have us line up on the runway and wait there

ATC Lufthansa 123 line up runway 18 and wait

Pilot Lufthansa 123 lining up runway 18 and waiting

They can also instruct us to line up behind another aircraft In that case they give us our

clearance to line up even if it would not have been our time They do not have to pray that

the frequency is clear when our actual time comes ndash that makes their work much more

effective

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 lining up runway 18 and waiting

behind

It is very important for us to properly identify the traffic that the tower controller indicated to

us and to keep it in sight at all times Should we not see the traffic the conditional clearance

is invalid ndash we have to immediately inform ATC who will then figure out another clearance

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 negative traffic not in sight

Sometimes ATC ldquoshowsrdquo you the traffic and only gives you the clearance after you

confirmed visual contact

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 on short final runway 25R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 line up runway 25R and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 lining up runway 25R and waiting

behind

2332 Take off Clearance

Now that the runway is cleared we get our take-off clearance The structure and the

information given are always the same

ATC Lufthansa 123 wind 180 degrees 10 knots runway 18 cleared for take off

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 18 cleared for take off

You dont have to read back the wind information as this serves only as an information to the

pilot

234 Departure and Climb

At some airports we have to contact departure ourselves At other airports tower will give the

instruction to call departure with the known phraseology (Lufthansa 123 contact departure

on frequency hellip) Because we are airborne now our current altitude is to be considered in the

next initial-calls as well as the altitude that we are cleared for In this case the altitude were

cleared for is the initial climb altitude that can be found on the charts

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 altitude 2000 feet climbing altitude 4000 feet

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb flight level 80

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climb flight level 80

The controller will identify us on the scope before he gives more instructions As soon as

radarcontact is established ATC will tells us that were bdquoIdentifiedldquo

There are several possibilities why an identification could fail Wrong transponder code

wrong setting of transponder code or a tranponder failure in our airplane The controller will

compair our reported altitude with the altitude indication on his scope If the altitudes match

the controller can separate us from other airplanes bdquoIdentifiedldquo doesnt need to be read back

The controller also could give the instruction to stop our climb before reaching the cleared

altitude

ATC Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Pilot Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Once we reach the border of a sector (either horizontally or vertically) the controller will

instruct us to contact the next station using the already known phraseology He could also tell

us to give further information to the next station eg our speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 report speed to Langen Radar frequency 127500

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will report speed to Langen Radar on frequency 127500

As always when we establish contact with a radar controller we have to report our current

altitude and if different the altitude we are cleared to ndash this is mandatory

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 FL65 for FL70 speed 250 knots

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb FL230

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL230

235 Cruise

We are now cruising along on FL230 There are some situations we may face now but all of

them may appear in other flight phases as well

2351 Proceed Direct to

ATC could give us a short cut to a certain way point It can be part of our flight plan but

does not necessarily have to

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So now we proceed to that point from our present position If the waypoint is part of our

flight plan we follow our routing after that point

This is the same instruction but packed a little differently

ATC Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So we follow our routing as planned until we reach KNG and turn towards DKB afterwards

If you dont get the name of the way point you can ask the controller to spell it (please spell

the name)

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct ANEKI Alpha November Echo Kilo India

Pilot Proceeding direct Alpha November Echo Kilo India Lufthansa 123

2352 Changes to Route

ATC can give us a different routing for a segment

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter proceed direct BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter direct BURAM

2353 Heading and Vectors

Sometimes its necessary to have us turn away from the planned route by using vectors

which are simple headings we need to follow

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn right heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 turning right heading 180

We can of course do the whole turn in the other direction as well

If ATC is not sure in which direction we need to turn he can issue an instruction without a

direction ndash we then turn in the direction where we have to turn the least

ATC Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

236 Approach and Descend

2361 Descend

Slowly but steady we get closer to our destination and want to start descending In case ATC

did not work ahead and issued a descend clearance early we can of course draw the

controllers attention to us and just ask for descend

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request descent or Lufthansa 123 ready for descent

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180

In order to control the descend ATC has a few tools that can be used

2362 Instructing a Rate

ATC can instruct you to descend with a certain vertical speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

2363 Descend Restrictions

If the controller wants us to be at a certain altitude atbehindabeambefore a specified

waypoint he gives an instruction like the following

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

This means that we have to descend in a manner to reach BURAM at FL 180 we could also

reach it earlier if we wanted The net phrase is a little more restricting as we now have to

reach FL 180 exactly at BURAM not earlier not later ndash exactly

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending to reach FL 180 at BURAM

The defined restriction does not have to be bound to a waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Sometimes a controller needs us to reach an altitude somewhere abeam a certain point In

order to follow that instruction we first need to know where that waypoint is That usually

happens when ATC issues vectors This is used if the controller needs us on a specific

altitude at a certain point and we are not following a routing or flying directly to a later

waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 abeam RENLO

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to reach level abeam RENLO

As you see its an advantage to have all charts ndash en-route charts too ndash at hand and ready If

you do not have en-route charts most FMCs available for FS offer the option to enter a

waypoint on the FIX page (or similar) and sometimes even offer to insert an ABEAM

POINT (eg PMDG 737 NG)

Another option is to delay the beginning of descend until ATC can either tell us a certain

point where we have to start our descend or give us an early descend with the option to start

it whenever we want ndash as long as we meet the restrictions ATC gives us So we can maintain

our cruising altitude as long as we want If you prefer to stay high longer and then just drop

out of the sky thats fine if you want to do a steady slow descend you can do that as well

ATC Lufthansa 123 when passing Dinkelsbuumlhel descend FL 180

ATC Lufthansa 123 when ready descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

You can find more important information on the topic descend (planning tactics execution)

in the chapter OPERATION of Flight Training

2364 Holdings

We essentially come across two main types of holdings Published and unpublished or

unknown holdings

You wont be very surprised when I tell you that there are standardized phrases for the entry

and exit of holding patterns More information on holding patterns can be found in the

chapter BASICS of Flight Training

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold at ROKIL (as published)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 holding at ROKIL (as published)

Holding patterns are not unforeseeable so ATC often prepares pilots that there will be a

holding pattern Often this includes the clearance to reduce your speed ndash perhaps you can

avoid the holding this way

ATC Lufthansa 123 expect holding at ROKIL reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 expecting hold over ROKIL reducing to minimum clean speed

As always ndash if ATC does not give us the approval to reduce speed we can just ask him But

dont do it on your own Another aircraft may be on the same level behind us

Pilot Lufthansa 123 may we reduce to minimum clean speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 reducing minimum clean

If a pilot does not know the holding he was instructed to join he has to ask for instructions

ATC will then provide the necessary information to the pilot The holding instruction will

look like this

Fix | inbound course | turn direction | leg timedistance

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request holding instructions

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold over ROKIL inbound track 128 right turns leg time 1 minute

237 Types of Approaches

Next we will establish contact with approach control This is a local control station - as we

learned earlier we have to include the ATIS designator during the initial call A good time to

listen to the ATIS is around your top of descend

Pilot Muumlnchen Arrival Lufthansa 123 FL 185 for FL 180 information Bravo

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Arrival identified Bravo is correct

2371 STAR

This is what a clearance onto a STAR looks like

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

2372 Transition (without Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 8: VATEUD Pilots Manual

S Sierra see AIR rah T Tango TANG go

U Uniform YOU nee

form V Victor VIK tah

W Whiskey WISS key X Xray ECKS

RAY

Y Yankee YANG key Z Zulu ZOO loo

Numbers are generally pronounced in single digits for example Iberia 123 is not pronounced

as Iberia Hundred and twenty three but as Iberia one two three

We say generally as this applies in Europe however in the USA the opposite is the general

rule

The exception to this rule is that numbers which end on even Hundreds or Thousands are

pronounced as such for example 500 is not pronounced five zero zero but as five hundred

the same would apply to 5000 or 5500

Again numbers same as with letters are pronounced slightly differently to what we use in

normal communication

0 Zero ZEE-RO 1 One WUN

2 Two TOO 3 Three TREE

4 Four FOW-ER 5 Five FIFE

6 Six SIX 7 Seven SEV-EN

8 Eight AIT 9 Nine NIN-ER

226 Different Categories of Messages

Different categories of transmissions exist Since not everything a pilot or controller wants to

share is of the same importance a clearly structured order of priority has been set up which

needs to be adhered to at all times

1) Distress Messages

2) Urgency Messages

3) Messages relating to direction finding

4) Flight Safety Messages

5) Meteorological Messages

6) Flight Regularity Messages

7) State Telegrams

2261 Distress Messages

Distress Calls affect airplanes and their occupants which are in immediate danger and need

help ASAP To indicate an emergency situation the phrase Mayday shall be used

2262 Urgency Messages

Urgency Messages are transmissions related to aircraft safety They can be made for the

own or another aircraft using the phrase Pan-pan

2263 Messages relating to Direction

Messages relating to direction finding are messages for transmission of direction finding

values (what a surprise)

2264 Flight Safety Messages

Flight Safety Messages are the most common transmissions These are the transmissions

made during air traffic control an aircrafts position report or pilot reports that are important

for the flight

2265 Meteorological Messages

The name actually tells you everything ndash in this category of transmission someone passes on

weather information

2266 Flight Regularity Messages

This category covers all transmissions concerning maintenance changes in an aircrafts

operation schedule non-routine landings or similar They are transmitted either on the

frequencies of Flight Information Service or a different dedicated frequency in order to

prevent the distraction of ATC

2267 State Telegrams

A State Telegram is when a head of state or a proxy needs to send a message from an air

plane These transmissions are either done on the frequencies of Flight Information Service

or different dedicated frequency in order to prevent the distraction of ATC Obviously this is

a type of message that does not happen on VATSIM

227 Establishment of Radiotelephony Contact

The pilot always establishes initial radio contact He changes to a new frequency and has to

make an initial call If you are on the ground this initial call consists of the call sign of the

station youre trying to reach your own call sign and the position you are moving to Once

airborne you have to state your current altitude and if different the altitude you are cleared

to There is no need to report your position when airborne As you can see an initial call is

short and includes all necessary information You dont have to tell the controller your

heading shoe size or age ndash he just does not care about that kind of information

Pilot Palma Ground good morning Scandinavian 123 on taxiway Alpha

hellipand in the air

Pilot Marseilles Control Air France 123 FL125 for FL110

228 Call Sign

Each transmission has to include your own call sign in order to let the person at the other

end know who has just spoken or transmitted a message There is absolutely no exception to

this rule During an initial call the call sign of the called station is at the beginning followed

by the own call sign In later phases of flight the controller always puts our call sign at the

beginning followed by his instructions During your read-back you have two options either

you put your call sign at the beginning or in the end ndash there are two philosophies for this

On the one hand you have more time to think about what you actually want to say if you put

your call sign in the beginning

On the other hand a call sign at the end of a transmission indicated to other pilots on the

frequency that our transmission block with the controller is completed and that the frequency

is free for use by others at this time

As you see there are good arguments for both options ndash you have to find out on your own

which suits you more In all the following phraseology examples we will say our call sign at

the beginning

23 Flights under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR)

On the following pages we are going to cover an IFR flight from initial contact with ATC to

finally parking the aircraft at the destination airport looking at all possible phrases you might

encounter We will use a short domestic flight from Frankfurt to Munich as an example This

flight will be done as DLH123 Lufthansa 123 Our routing leads us via Dinkelsbuehl and the

airway T104 to the way-point BURAM at which point our STAR begins The route filed in

our flight plan should look like this

DKB5S DKB T104 BURAM BURAM1M

We know from the airport information sheet that departures to DKB should preferably use

runway 18 for departure so we file an SID from this runway and hope that ATC is not going

to make us change active runway Our cruising altitude for this flight will be FL210

For didactic matters you wont be able to redo this flight exactly as we show it here because

you will most probably not encounter the full load of different situations covered in the next

chapters Please also note that there is nothing polite in phraseology by the book No good

mornings no good byes We will not use any phrases like this in this document but you can

be sure that every ATC be it in the online or the real world appreciates any greetings

231 Departure

Before departure we filed our flight plan (see chapter Flight Planning) and all flight

preparations have been made We begin at gate A32 in Frankfurt

2311 At the Gate (ATIS)

First we check the ATIS (Automatic terminal Information Service) on the specific frequency

in this case 118025 The ATIS besides information on weather also includes the active

runways for departure and landing and other abnormal conditions To make each ATIS

unique it is designated with a letter connected to the specific message you listen to in our

case we heard Information Alpha

2312 At the Gate (Start-Up)

Before each IFR flight the pilot has to obtain the approval to start his engines the so called

start-up This does not mean that the pilot should or even had to start his engines

immediately It just means that ATC does not foresee departure delays of more than 20

minutes in reference to the planned departure time The actual act of starting the engines is

done in cooperation between the flight crew and the ground crew serving the aircraft

Important Pilots should always include the ATIS designator on initial contact with a local

ATC station In some reasons you will also have to include more details on your flight like

your aircraft type or the QNH

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information Alpha request start-up

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery Alpha is correct Start-up is approved

Pilot Start-up approved Lufthansa 123

2313 At the Gate (En Route Clearance)

A flight following instrumental flight rules (IFR) always needs a flight plan which must be

filed with air traffic control (see Flight Planning) Before departure this flight plan has to be

approved by the responsible ATC station Large airports have a dedicated station for this the

so-called Clearance Delivery On smaller airports this task may be done by the local Ground

or Tower controller

You will often get the En-Route Clearance together with the start-up approval so you should

be prepared to get your en-route clearance together with the start-up clearance without a

notice ndash Keyword Pen and Paper

An en-route clearance always has the same structure First you will be cleared to your

destination airport followed by the assigned departure route and sometimes the departure

runway (as long as this is not clearly defined by the departure route itself) Finally there will

be additional information given if the rest of the route is accepted and cleared according to

the flight plan or if there are any changes to the further routing Those changes can become

quite extensive thats why I want to give you ndash again - the advice to have a pen and paper

ready At the end of the clearance ATC assigns you a transponder code the so-called

Squawk which you have to enter into your transponder (this code makes ATCs Secondary

Surveillance Radar able to identify your flight and to correlate your target with your flight

plan)

After the pilots read back of the full clearance ATC will usually confirm that the read back

was correct and complete

Depending on the airport and country you will get your start-up approval right with the en-

route clearance

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 request IFR-clearance to EDDM

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight

planned route squawk 2101

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Or with start-up

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via

DKB5S departure flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot

a) Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight planned

route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

b) Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Pilot

a) Start up approved Lufthansa 123

b) -

2314 At the Gate (Vectored Departure)

Sometimes when a pilot does not know how to follow a standardized departure route ATC

will use Vectored Departures So what does that mean It just means that the pilot gets

specific instructions on what to do after take off The radar controller will make sure that the

pilot finds his routing later using vectors Proceed Direct SOMETHING or similar

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain

runway track climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency

120050 squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain runway track

climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency 120050

squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

2315 At the Gate (Detailed Departure Instruction)

ATC can should a pilot not know the SID also read the whole SID to the pilot Please make

sure you never need to get this service by reading your charts carefully

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when airborne

maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800 feet or 12

DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when

airborne maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800

feet or 12 DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

232 Push Back and Taxi

2321 Push-Back

If you are located at a gate from which you cannot simply taxi straight out from you need to

obtain approval for push-back from Ground Control

Pilot Frankfurt Apron Lufthansa 123 gate A32 request push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Apron push-back approved

Pilot Lufthansa 123 push-back approved

This push-back instruction can be extended to for example include a direction or the length

of the push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved facing east perform a long push into taxiway

Mike

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved perform a u-turn into position A34

As there is a nearly endless pool of options for ground controllers there are not always

standard phrases ndash it is important that pilot and ATC do understand each other As in all

flight phases Communication is everything

If an instruction is not clear you simply ask Say again

2322 Taxi

After push-back or if you are parked at a position from which you can taxi straight out after

engine start you obviously have to get to the runway Designated taxiways lead you there

The task of Ground Control will be done by different stations depending on the airport and

Location of the aircraft at that airport In our example Frankfurt Apron is our first station the

Tower will take over later

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 taxiing to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Now that we are moving ATC has even more possibilities to differ from such easy taxi

instructions as seen before He could for example let us stop before a certain taxiway which

we will cross

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of Quebec traffic will be a Cargo Lux Boeing 747 moving right to left

It is very important for a pilot to always know what happens around him Thats why he

should thoughtfully listen to radio chatter between ATC and other aircraft and of course keep

his eyes out Controllers often help by issuing traffic information

2323 Progressive Taxi

Should you not know your way around an airport or get lost there is the option to ask for

progressive taxi ATC will then advise the pilot where to go

If you get lost and cant solve the situation on your own you can demand this kind of help

from ATC This is always a better solution than strolling around on the apron just because

youre too proud to ask for help

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger expect progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn left now

Pilot Turning left Lufthansa 123

ATC Lufthansa 123 the second taxiway to your right is November Follow

November to holding point runway 18

Pilot Will turn second taxiway to the right follow November to holding point runway

18 Lufthansa 123

2324 Conditional Clearances

ATC can attach further instructions to traffic information for example to let another aircraft

pass and taxi behind it It is very important that you have this traffic in sight if not you have

to inform the controller immediately

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 unable traffic not in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger in this case hold short of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will give way to Air Berlin Boeing 737 on November

233 Tower

When approaching the runway or latest when we reach the holding point Ground will hand

us off to the Tower controller who is responsible for all movements on the runways and

issues all clearances (landing and take off crossing a runway etc)

ATC Lufthansa 123 contact Tower on frequency 119900

Pilot Lufthansa 123 contacting Tower on frequency 119900

Depending on where we are and if we are ready for departure there are different possibilities

for the initial call on the tower frequency

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 approaching runway 18

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 at holding point runway 18 ready for departure

2331 Line Up and Conditional Clearance

The Tower Controller may only give landing and take-off clearances under certain

circumstances one of which being that the runway must be clear of all other traffic The

Tower Controller has some tools with which to separate traffic very effectively and to keep a

steady traffic flow They could have us line up on the runway and wait there

ATC Lufthansa 123 line up runway 18 and wait

Pilot Lufthansa 123 lining up runway 18 and waiting

They can also instruct us to line up behind another aircraft In that case they give us our

clearance to line up even if it would not have been our time They do not have to pray that

the frequency is clear when our actual time comes ndash that makes their work much more

effective

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 lining up runway 18 and waiting

behind

It is very important for us to properly identify the traffic that the tower controller indicated to

us and to keep it in sight at all times Should we not see the traffic the conditional clearance

is invalid ndash we have to immediately inform ATC who will then figure out another clearance

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 negative traffic not in sight

Sometimes ATC ldquoshowsrdquo you the traffic and only gives you the clearance after you

confirmed visual contact

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 on short final runway 25R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 line up runway 25R and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 lining up runway 25R and waiting

behind

2332 Take off Clearance

Now that the runway is cleared we get our take-off clearance The structure and the

information given are always the same

ATC Lufthansa 123 wind 180 degrees 10 knots runway 18 cleared for take off

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 18 cleared for take off

You dont have to read back the wind information as this serves only as an information to the

pilot

234 Departure and Climb

At some airports we have to contact departure ourselves At other airports tower will give the

instruction to call departure with the known phraseology (Lufthansa 123 contact departure

on frequency hellip) Because we are airborne now our current altitude is to be considered in the

next initial-calls as well as the altitude that we are cleared for In this case the altitude were

cleared for is the initial climb altitude that can be found on the charts

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 altitude 2000 feet climbing altitude 4000 feet

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb flight level 80

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climb flight level 80

The controller will identify us on the scope before he gives more instructions As soon as

radarcontact is established ATC will tells us that were bdquoIdentifiedldquo

There are several possibilities why an identification could fail Wrong transponder code

wrong setting of transponder code or a tranponder failure in our airplane The controller will

compair our reported altitude with the altitude indication on his scope If the altitudes match

the controller can separate us from other airplanes bdquoIdentifiedldquo doesnt need to be read back

The controller also could give the instruction to stop our climb before reaching the cleared

altitude

ATC Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Pilot Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Once we reach the border of a sector (either horizontally or vertically) the controller will

instruct us to contact the next station using the already known phraseology He could also tell

us to give further information to the next station eg our speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 report speed to Langen Radar frequency 127500

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will report speed to Langen Radar on frequency 127500

As always when we establish contact with a radar controller we have to report our current

altitude and if different the altitude we are cleared to ndash this is mandatory

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 FL65 for FL70 speed 250 knots

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb FL230

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL230

235 Cruise

We are now cruising along on FL230 There are some situations we may face now but all of

them may appear in other flight phases as well

2351 Proceed Direct to

ATC could give us a short cut to a certain way point It can be part of our flight plan but

does not necessarily have to

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So now we proceed to that point from our present position If the waypoint is part of our

flight plan we follow our routing after that point

This is the same instruction but packed a little differently

ATC Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So we follow our routing as planned until we reach KNG and turn towards DKB afterwards

If you dont get the name of the way point you can ask the controller to spell it (please spell

the name)

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct ANEKI Alpha November Echo Kilo India

Pilot Proceeding direct Alpha November Echo Kilo India Lufthansa 123

2352 Changes to Route

ATC can give us a different routing for a segment

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter proceed direct BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter direct BURAM

2353 Heading and Vectors

Sometimes its necessary to have us turn away from the planned route by using vectors

which are simple headings we need to follow

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn right heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 turning right heading 180

We can of course do the whole turn in the other direction as well

If ATC is not sure in which direction we need to turn he can issue an instruction without a

direction ndash we then turn in the direction where we have to turn the least

ATC Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

236 Approach and Descend

2361 Descend

Slowly but steady we get closer to our destination and want to start descending In case ATC

did not work ahead and issued a descend clearance early we can of course draw the

controllers attention to us and just ask for descend

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request descent or Lufthansa 123 ready for descent

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180

In order to control the descend ATC has a few tools that can be used

2362 Instructing a Rate

ATC can instruct you to descend with a certain vertical speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

2363 Descend Restrictions

If the controller wants us to be at a certain altitude atbehindabeambefore a specified

waypoint he gives an instruction like the following

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

This means that we have to descend in a manner to reach BURAM at FL 180 we could also

reach it earlier if we wanted The net phrase is a little more restricting as we now have to

reach FL 180 exactly at BURAM not earlier not later ndash exactly

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending to reach FL 180 at BURAM

The defined restriction does not have to be bound to a waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Sometimes a controller needs us to reach an altitude somewhere abeam a certain point In

order to follow that instruction we first need to know where that waypoint is That usually

happens when ATC issues vectors This is used if the controller needs us on a specific

altitude at a certain point and we are not following a routing or flying directly to a later

waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 abeam RENLO

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to reach level abeam RENLO

As you see its an advantage to have all charts ndash en-route charts too ndash at hand and ready If

you do not have en-route charts most FMCs available for FS offer the option to enter a

waypoint on the FIX page (or similar) and sometimes even offer to insert an ABEAM

POINT (eg PMDG 737 NG)

Another option is to delay the beginning of descend until ATC can either tell us a certain

point where we have to start our descend or give us an early descend with the option to start

it whenever we want ndash as long as we meet the restrictions ATC gives us So we can maintain

our cruising altitude as long as we want If you prefer to stay high longer and then just drop

out of the sky thats fine if you want to do a steady slow descend you can do that as well

ATC Lufthansa 123 when passing Dinkelsbuumlhel descend FL 180

ATC Lufthansa 123 when ready descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

You can find more important information on the topic descend (planning tactics execution)

in the chapter OPERATION of Flight Training

2364 Holdings

We essentially come across two main types of holdings Published and unpublished or

unknown holdings

You wont be very surprised when I tell you that there are standardized phrases for the entry

and exit of holding patterns More information on holding patterns can be found in the

chapter BASICS of Flight Training

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold at ROKIL (as published)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 holding at ROKIL (as published)

Holding patterns are not unforeseeable so ATC often prepares pilots that there will be a

holding pattern Often this includes the clearance to reduce your speed ndash perhaps you can

avoid the holding this way

ATC Lufthansa 123 expect holding at ROKIL reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 expecting hold over ROKIL reducing to minimum clean speed

As always ndash if ATC does not give us the approval to reduce speed we can just ask him But

dont do it on your own Another aircraft may be on the same level behind us

Pilot Lufthansa 123 may we reduce to minimum clean speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 reducing minimum clean

If a pilot does not know the holding he was instructed to join he has to ask for instructions

ATC will then provide the necessary information to the pilot The holding instruction will

look like this

Fix | inbound course | turn direction | leg timedistance

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request holding instructions

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold over ROKIL inbound track 128 right turns leg time 1 minute

237 Types of Approaches

Next we will establish contact with approach control This is a local control station - as we

learned earlier we have to include the ATIS designator during the initial call A good time to

listen to the ATIS is around your top of descend

Pilot Muumlnchen Arrival Lufthansa 123 FL 185 for FL 180 information Bravo

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Arrival identified Bravo is correct

2371 STAR

This is what a clearance onto a STAR looks like

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

2372 Transition (without Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 9: VATEUD Pilots Manual

5) Meteorological Messages

6) Flight Regularity Messages

7) State Telegrams

2261 Distress Messages

Distress Calls affect airplanes and their occupants which are in immediate danger and need

help ASAP To indicate an emergency situation the phrase Mayday shall be used

2262 Urgency Messages

Urgency Messages are transmissions related to aircraft safety They can be made for the

own or another aircraft using the phrase Pan-pan

2263 Messages relating to Direction

Messages relating to direction finding are messages for transmission of direction finding

values (what a surprise)

2264 Flight Safety Messages

Flight Safety Messages are the most common transmissions These are the transmissions

made during air traffic control an aircrafts position report or pilot reports that are important

for the flight

2265 Meteorological Messages

The name actually tells you everything ndash in this category of transmission someone passes on

weather information

2266 Flight Regularity Messages

This category covers all transmissions concerning maintenance changes in an aircrafts

operation schedule non-routine landings or similar They are transmitted either on the

frequencies of Flight Information Service or a different dedicated frequency in order to

prevent the distraction of ATC

2267 State Telegrams

A State Telegram is when a head of state or a proxy needs to send a message from an air

plane These transmissions are either done on the frequencies of Flight Information Service

or different dedicated frequency in order to prevent the distraction of ATC Obviously this is

a type of message that does not happen on VATSIM

227 Establishment of Radiotelephony Contact

The pilot always establishes initial radio contact He changes to a new frequency and has to

make an initial call If you are on the ground this initial call consists of the call sign of the

station youre trying to reach your own call sign and the position you are moving to Once

airborne you have to state your current altitude and if different the altitude you are cleared

to There is no need to report your position when airborne As you can see an initial call is

short and includes all necessary information You dont have to tell the controller your

heading shoe size or age ndash he just does not care about that kind of information

Pilot Palma Ground good morning Scandinavian 123 on taxiway Alpha

hellipand in the air

Pilot Marseilles Control Air France 123 FL125 for FL110

228 Call Sign

Each transmission has to include your own call sign in order to let the person at the other

end know who has just spoken or transmitted a message There is absolutely no exception to

this rule During an initial call the call sign of the called station is at the beginning followed

by the own call sign In later phases of flight the controller always puts our call sign at the

beginning followed by his instructions During your read-back you have two options either

you put your call sign at the beginning or in the end ndash there are two philosophies for this

On the one hand you have more time to think about what you actually want to say if you put

your call sign in the beginning

On the other hand a call sign at the end of a transmission indicated to other pilots on the

frequency that our transmission block with the controller is completed and that the frequency

is free for use by others at this time

As you see there are good arguments for both options ndash you have to find out on your own

which suits you more In all the following phraseology examples we will say our call sign at

the beginning

23 Flights under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR)

On the following pages we are going to cover an IFR flight from initial contact with ATC to

finally parking the aircraft at the destination airport looking at all possible phrases you might

encounter We will use a short domestic flight from Frankfurt to Munich as an example This

flight will be done as DLH123 Lufthansa 123 Our routing leads us via Dinkelsbuehl and the

airway T104 to the way-point BURAM at which point our STAR begins The route filed in

our flight plan should look like this

DKB5S DKB T104 BURAM BURAM1M

We know from the airport information sheet that departures to DKB should preferably use

runway 18 for departure so we file an SID from this runway and hope that ATC is not going

to make us change active runway Our cruising altitude for this flight will be FL210

For didactic matters you wont be able to redo this flight exactly as we show it here because

you will most probably not encounter the full load of different situations covered in the next

chapters Please also note that there is nothing polite in phraseology by the book No good

mornings no good byes We will not use any phrases like this in this document but you can

be sure that every ATC be it in the online or the real world appreciates any greetings

231 Departure

Before departure we filed our flight plan (see chapter Flight Planning) and all flight

preparations have been made We begin at gate A32 in Frankfurt

2311 At the Gate (ATIS)

First we check the ATIS (Automatic terminal Information Service) on the specific frequency

in this case 118025 The ATIS besides information on weather also includes the active

runways for departure and landing and other abnormal conditions To make each ATIS

unique it is designated with a letter connected to the specific message you listen to in our

case we heard Information Alpha

2312 At the Gate (Start-Up)

Before each IFR flight the pilot has to obtain the approval to start his engines the so called

start-up This does not mean that the pilot should or even had to start his engines

immediately It just means that ATC does not foresee departure delays of more than 20

minutes in reference to the planned departure time The actual act of starting the engines is

done in cooperation between the flight crew and the ground crew serving the aircraft

Important Pilots should always include the ATIS designator on initial contact with a local

ATC station In some reasons you will also have to include more details on your flight like

your aircraft type or the QNH

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information Alpha request start-up

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery Alpha is correct Start-up is approved

Pilot Start-up approved Lufthansa 123

2313 At the Gate (En Route Clearance)

A flight following instrumental flight rules (IFR) always needs a flight plan which must be

filed with air traffic control (see Flight Planning) Before departure this flight plan has to be

approved by the responsible ATC station Large airports have a dedicated station for this the

so-called Clearance Delivery On smaller airports this task may be done by the local Ground

or Tower controller

You will often get the En-Route Clearance together with the start-up approval so you should

be prepared to get your en-route clearance together with the start-up clearance without a

notice ndash Keyword Pen and Paper

An en-route clearance always has the same structure First you will be cleared to your

destination airport followed by the assigned departure route and sometimes the departure

runway (as long as this is not clearly defined by the departure route itself) Finally there will

be additional information given if the rest of the route is accepted and cleared according to

the flight plan or if there are any changes to the further routing Those changes can become

quite extensive thats why I want to give you ndash again - the advice to have a pen and paper

ready At the end of the clearance ATC assigns you a transponder code the so-called

Squawk which you have to enter into your transponder (this code makes ATCs Secondary

Surveillance Radar able to identify your flight and to correlate your target with your flight

plan)

After the pilots read back of the full clearance ATC will usually confirm that the read back

was correct and complete

Depending on the airport and country you will get your start-up approval right with the en-

route clearance

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 request IFR-clearance to EDDM

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight

planned route squawk 2101

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Or with start-up

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via

DKB5S departure flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot

a) Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight planned

route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

b) Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Pilot

a) Start up approved Lufthansa 123

b) -

2314 At the Gate (Vectored Departure)

Sometimes when a pilot does not know how to follow a standardized departure route ATC

will use Vectored Departures So what does that mean It just means that the pilot gets

specific instructions on what to do after take off The radar controller will make sure that the

pilot finds his routing later using vectors Proceed Direct SOMETHING or similar

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain

runway track climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency

120050 squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain runway track

climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency 120050

squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

2315 At the Gate (Detailed Departure Instruction)

ATC can should a pilot not know the SID also read the whole SID to the pilot Please make

sure you never need to get this service by reading your charts carefully

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when airborne

maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800 feet or 12

DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when

airborne maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800

feet or 12 DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

232 Push Back and Taxi

2321 Push-Back

If you are located at a gate from which you cannot simply taxi straight out from you need to

obtain approval for push-back from Ground Control

Pilot Frankfurt Apron Lufthansa 123 gate A32 request push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Apron push-back approved

Pilot Lufthansa 123 push-back approved

This push-back instruction can be extended to for example include a direction or the length

of the push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved facing east perform a long push into taxiway

Mike

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved perform a u-turn into position A34

As there is a nearly endless pool of options for ground controllers there are not always

standard phrases ndash it is important that pilot and ATC do understand each other As in all

flight phases Communication is everything

If an instruction is not clear you simply ask Say again

2322 Taxi

After push-back or if you are parked at a position from which you can taxi straight out after

engine start you obviously have to get to the runway Designated taxiways lead you there

The task of Ground Control will be done by different stations depending on the airport and

Location of the aircraft at that airport In our example Frankfurt Apron is our first station the

Tower will take over later

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 taxiing to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Now that we are moving ATC has even more possibilities to differ from such easy taxi

instructions as seen before He could for example let us stop before a certain taxiway which

we will cross

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of Quebec traffic will be a Cargo Lux Boeing 747 moving right to left

It is very important for a pilot to always know what happens around him Thats why he

should thoughtfully listen to radio chatter between ATC and other aircraft and of course keep

his eyes out Controllers often help by issuing traffic information

2323 Progressive Taxi

Should you not know your way around an airport or get lost there is the option to ask for

progressive taxi ATC will then advise the pilot where to go

If you get lost and cant solve the situation on your own you can demand this kind of help

from ATC This is always a better solution than strolling around on the apron just because

youre too proud to ask for help

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger expect progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn left now

Pilot Turning left Lufthansa 123

ATC Lufthansa 123 the second taxiway to your right is November Follow

November to holding point runway 18

Pilot Will turn second taxiway to the right follow November to holding point runway

18 Lufthansa 123

2324 Conditional Clearances

ATC can attach further instructions to traffic information for example to let another aircraft

pass and taxi behind it It is very important that you have this traffic in sight if not you have

to inform the controller immediately

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 unable traffic not in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger in this case hold short of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will give way to Air Berlin Boeing 737 on November

233 Tower

When approaching the runway or latest when we reach the holding point Ground will hand

us off to the Tower controller who is responsible for all movements on the runways and

issues all clearances (landing and take off crossing a runway etc)

ATC Lufthansa 123 contact Tower on frequency 119900

Pilot Lufthansa 123 contacting Tower on frequency 119900

Depending on where we are and if we are ready for departure there are different possibilities

for the initial call on the tower frequency

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 approaching runway 18

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 at holding point runway 18 ready for departure

2331 Line Up and Conditional Clearance

The Tower Controller may only give landing and take-off clearances under certain

circumstances one of which being that the runway must be clear of all other traffic The

Tower Controller has some tools with which to separate traffic very effectively and to keep a

steady traffic flow They could have us line up on the runway and wait there

ATC Lufthansa 123 line up runway 18 and wait

Pilot Lufthansa 123 lining up runway 18 and waiting

They can also instruct us to line up behind another aircraft In that case they give us our

clearance to line up even if it would not have been our time They do not have to pray that

the frequency is clear when our actual time comes ndash that makes their work much more

effective

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 lining up runway 18 and waiting

behind

It is very important for us to properly identify the traffic that the tower controller indicated to

us and to keep it in sight at all times Should we not see the traffic the conditional clearance

is invalid ndash we have to immediately inform ATC who will then figure out another clearance

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 negative traffic not in sight

Sometimes ATC ldquoshowsrdquo you the traffic and only gives you the clearance after you

confirmed visual contact

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 on short final runway 25R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 line up runway 25R and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 lining up runway 25R and waiting

behind

2332 Take off Clearance

Now that the runway is cleared we get our take-off clearance The structure and the

information given are always the same

ATC Lufthansa 123 wind 180 degrees 10 knots runway 18 cleared for take off

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 18 cleared for take off

You dont have to read back the wind information as this serves only as an information to the

pilot

234 Departure and Climb

At some airports we have to contact departure ourselves At other airports tower will give the

instruction to call departure with the known phraseology (Lufthansa 123 contact departure

on frequency hellip) Because we are airborne now our current altitude is to be considered in the

next initial-calls as well as the altitude that we are cleared for In this case the altitude were

cleared for is the initial climb altitude that can be found on the charts

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 altitude 2000 feet climbing altitude 4000 feet

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb flight level 80

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climb flight level 80

The controller will identify us on the scope before he gives more instructions As soon as

radarcontact is established ATC will tells us that were bdquoIdentifiedldquo

There are several possibilities why an identification could fail Wrong transponder code

wrong setting of transponder code or a tranponder failure in our airplane The controller will

compair our reported altitude with the altitude indication on his scope If the altitudes match

the controller can separate us from other airplanes bdquoIdentifiedldquo doesnt need to be read back

The controller also could give the instruction to stop our climb before reaching the cleared

altitude

ATC Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Pilot Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Once we reach the border of a sector (either horizontally or vertically) the controller will

instruct us to contact the next station using the already known phraseology He could also tell

us to give further information to the next station eg our speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 report speed to Langen Radar frequency 127500

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will report speed to Langen Radar on frequency 127500

As always when we establish contact with a radar controller we have to report our current

altitude and if different the altitude we are cleared to ndash this is mandatory

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 FL65 for FL70 speed 250 knots

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb FL230

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL230

235 Cruise

We are now cruising along on FL230 There are some situations we may face now but all of

them may appear in other flight phases as well

2351 Proceed Direct to

ATC could give us a short cut to a certain way point It can be part of our flight plan but

does not necessarily have to

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So now we proceed to that point from our present position If the waypoint is part of our

flight plan we follow our routing after that point

This is the same instruction but packed a little differently

ATC Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So we follow our routing as planned until we reach KNG and turn towards DKB afterwards

If you dont get the name of the way point you can ask the controller to spell it (please spell

the name)

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct ANEKI Alpha November Echo Kilo India

Pilot Proceeding direct Alpha November Echo Kilo India Lufthansa 123

2352 Changes to Route

ATC can give us a different routing for a segment

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter proceed direct BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter direct BURAM

2353 Heading and Vectors

Sometimes its necessary to have us turn away from the planned route by using vectors

which are simple headings we need to follow

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn right heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 turning right heading 180

We can of course do the whole turn in the other direction as well

If ATC is not sure in which direction we need to turn he can issue an instruction without a

direction ndash we then turn in the direction where we have to turn the least

ATC Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

236 Approach and Descend

2361 Descend

Slowly but steady we get closer to our destination and want to start descending In case ATC

did not work ahead and issued a descend clearance early we can of course draw the

controllers attention to us and just ask for descend

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request descent or Lufthansa 123 ready for descent

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180

In order to control the descend ATC has a few tools that can be used

2362 Instructing a Rate

ATC can instruct you to descend with a certain vertical speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

2363 Descend Restrictions

If the controller wants us to be at a certain altitude atbehindabeambefore a specified

waypoint he gives an instruction like the following

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

This means that we have to descend in a manner to reach BURAM at FL 180 we could also

reach it earlier if we wanted The net phrase is a little more restricting as we now have to

reach FL 180 exactly at BURAM not earlier not later ndash exactly

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending to reach FL 180 at BURAM

The defined restriction does not have to be bound to a waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Sometimes a controller needs us to reach an altitude somewhere abeam a certain point In

order to follow that instruction we first need to know where that waypoint is That usually

happens when ATC issues vectors This is used if the controller needs us on a specific

altitude at a certain point and we are not following a routing or flying directly to a later

waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 abeam RENLO

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to reach level abeam RENLO

As you see its an advantage to have all charts ndash en-route charts too ndash at hand and ready If

you do not have en-route charts most FMCs available for FS offer the option to enter a

waypoint on the FIX page (or similar) and sometimes even offer to insert an ABEAM

POINT (eg PMDG 737 NG)

Another option is to delay the beginning of descend until ATC can either tell us a certain

point where we have to start our descend or give us an early descend with the option to start

it whenever we want ndash as long as we meet the restrictions ATC gives us So we can maintain

our cruising altitude as long as we want If you prefer to stay high longer and then just drop

out of the sky thats fine if you want to do a steady slow descend you can do that as well

ATC Lufthansa 123 when passing Dinkelsbuumlhel descend FL 180

ATC Lufthansa 123 when ready descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

You can find more important information on the topic descend (planning tactics execution)

in the chapter OPERATION of Flight Training

2364 Holdings

We essentially come across two main types of holdings Published and unpublished or

unknown holdings

You wont be very surprised when I tell you that there are standardized phrases for the entry

and exit of holding patterns More information on holding patterns can be found in the

chapter BASICS of Flight Training

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold at ROKIL (as published)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 holding at ROKIL (as published)

Holding patterns are not unforeseeable so ATC often prepares pilots that there will be a

holding pattern Often this includes the clearance to reduce your speed ndash perhaps you can

avoid the holding this way

ATC Lufthansa 123 expect holding at ROKIL reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 expecting hold over ROKIL reducing to minimum clean speed

As always ndash if ATC does not give us the approval to reduce speed we can just ask him But

dont do it on your own Another aircraft may be on the same level behind us

Pilot Lufthansa 123 may we reduce to minimum clean speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 reducing minimum clean

If a pilot does not know the holding he was instructed to join he has to ask for instructions

ATC will then provide the necessary information to the pilot The holding instruction will

look like this

Fix | inbound course | turn direction | leg timedistance

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request holding instructions

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold over ROKIL inbound track 128 right turns leg time 1 minute

237 Types of Approaches

Next we will establish contact with approach control This is a local control station - as we

learned earlier we have to include the ATIS designator during the initial call A good time to

listen to the ATIS is around your top of descend

Pilot Muumlnchen Arrival Lufthansa 123 FL 185 for FL 180 information Bravo

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Arrival identified Bravo is correct

2371 STAR

This is what a clearance onto a STAR looks like

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

2372 Transition (without Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 10: VATEUD Pilots Manual

227 Establishment of Radiotelephony Contact

The pilot always establishes initial radio contact He changes to a new frequency and has to

make an initial call If you are on the ground this initial call consists of the call sign of the

station youre trying to reach your own call sign and the position you are moving to Once

airborne you have to state your current altitude and if different the altitude you are cleared

to There is no need to report your position when airborne As you can see an initial call is

short and includes all necessary information You dont have to tell the controller your

heading shoe size or age ndash he just does not care about that kind of information

Pilot Palma Ground good morning Scandinavian 123 on taxiway Alpha

hellipand in the air

Pilot Marseilles Control Air France 123 FL125 for FL110

228 Call Sign

Each transmission has to include your own call sign in order to let the person at the other

end know who has just spoken or transmitted a message There is absolutely no exception to

this rule During an initial call the call sign of the called station is at the beginning followed

by the own call sign In later phases of flight the controller always puts our call sign at the

beginning followed by his instructions During your read-back you have two options either

you put your call sign at the beginning or in the end ndash there are two philosophies for this

On the one hand you have more time to think about what you actually want to say if you put

your call sign in the beginning

On the other hand a call sign at the end of a transmission indicated to other pilots on the

frequency that our transmission block with the controller is completed and that the frequency

is free for use by others at this time

As you see there are good arguments for both options ndash you have to find out on your own

which suits you more In all the following phraseology examples we will say our call sign at

the beginning

23 Flights under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR)

On the following pages we are going to cover an IFR flight from initial contact with ATC to

finally parking the aircraft at the destination airport looking at all possible phrases you might

encounter We will use a short domestic flight from Frankfurt to Munich as an example This

flight will be done as DLH123 Lufthansa 123 Our routing leads us via Dinkelsbuehl and the

airway T104 to the way-point BURAM at which point our STAR begins The route filed in

our flight plan should look like this

DKB5S DKB T104 BURAM BURAM1M

We know from the airport information sheet that departures to DKB should preferably use

runway 18 for departure so we file an SID from this runway and hope that ATC is not going

to make us change active runway Our cruising altitude for this flight will be FL210

For didactic matters you wont be able to redo this flight exactly as we show it here because

you will most probably not encounter the full load of different situations covered in the next

chapters Please also note that there is nothing polite in phraseology by the book No good

mornings no good byes We will not use any phrases like this in this document but you can

be sure that every ATC be it in the online or the real world appreciates any greetings

231 Departure

Before departure we filed our flight plan (see chapter Flight Planning) and all flight

preparations have been made We begin at gate A32 in Frankfurt

2311 At the Gate (ATIS)

First we check the ATIS (Automatic terminal Information Service) on the specific frequency

in this case 118025 The ATIS besides information on weather also includes the active

runways for departure and landing and other abnormal conditions To make each ATIS

unique it is designated with a letter connected to the specific message you listen to in our

case we heard Information Alpha

2312 At the Gate (Start-Up)

Before each IFR flight the pilot has to obtain the approval to start his engines the so called

start-up This does not mean that the pilot should or even had to start his engines

immediately It just means that ATC does not foresee departure delays of more than 20

minutes in reference to the planned departure time The actual act of starting the engines is

done in cooperation between the flight crew and the ground crew serving the aircraft

Important Pilots should always include the ATIS designator on initial contact with a local

ATC station In some reasons you will also have to include more details on your flight like

your aircraft type or the QNH

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information Alpha request start-up

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery Alpha is correct Start-up is approved

Pilot Start-up approved Lufthansa 123

2313 At the Gate (En Route Clearance)

A flight following instrumental flight rules (IFR) always needs a flight plan which must be

filed with air traffic control (see Flight Planning) Before departure this flight plan has to be

approved by the responsible ATC station Large airports have a dedicated station for this the

so-called Clearance Delivery On smaller airports this task may be done by the local Ground

or Tower controller

You will often get the En-Route Clearance together with the start-up approval so you should

be prepared to get your en-route clearance together with the start-up clearance without a

notice ndash Keyword Pen and Paper

An en-route clearance always has the same structure First you will be cleared to your

destination airport followed by the assigned departure route and sometimes the departure

runway (as long as this is not clearly defined by the departure route itself) Finally there will

be additional information given if the rest of the route is accepted and cleared according to

the flight plan or if there are any changes to the further routing Those changes can become

quite extensive thats why I want to give you ndash again - the advice to have a pen and paper

ready At the end of the clearance ATC assigns you a transponder code the so-called

Squawk which you have to enter into your transponder (this code makes ATCs Secondary

Surveillance Radar able to identify your flight and to correlate your target with your flight

plan)

After the pilots read back of the full clearance ATC will usually confirm that the read back

was correct and complete

Depending on the airport and country you will get your start-up approval right with the en-

route clearance

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 request IFR-clearance to EDDM

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight

planned route squawk 2101

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Or with start-up

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via

DKB5S departure flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot

a) Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight planned

route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

b) Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Pilot

a) Start up approved Lufthansa 123

b) -

2314 At the Gate (Vectored Departure)

Sometimes when a pilot does not know how to follow a standardized departure route ATC

will use Vectored Departures So what does that mean It just means that the pilot gets

specific instructions on what to do after take off The radar controller will make sure that the

pilot finds his routing later using vectors Proceed Direct SOMETHING or similar

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain

runway track climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency

120050 squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain runway track

climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency 120050

squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

2315 At the Gate (Detailed Departure Instruction)

ATC can should a pilot not know the SID also read the whole SID to the pilot Please make

sure you never need to get this service by reading your charts carefully

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when airborne

maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800 feet or 12

DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when

airborne maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800

feet or 12 DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

232 Push Back and Taxi

2321 Push-Back

If you are located at a gate from which you cannot simply taxi straight out from you need to

obtain approval for push-back from Ground Control

Pilot Frankfurt Apron Lufthansa 123 gate A32 request push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Apron push-back approved

Pilot Lufthansa 123 push-back approved

This push-back instruction can be extended to for example include a direction or the length

of the push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved facing east perform a long push into taxiway

Mike

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved perform a u-turn into position A34

As there is a nearly endless pool of options for ground controllers there are not always

standard phrases ndash it is important that pilot and ATC do understand each other As in all

flight phases Communication is everything

If an instruction is not clear you simply ask Say again

2322 Taxi

After push-back or if you are parked at a position from which you can taxi straight out after

engine start you obviously have to get to the runway Designated taxiways lead you there

The task of Ground Control will be done by different stations depending on the airport and

Location of the aircraft at that airport In our example Frankfurt Apron is our first station the

Tower will take over later

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 taxiing to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Now that we are moving ATC has even more possibilities to differ from such easy taxi

instructions as seen before He could for example let us stop before a certain taxiway which

we will cross

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of Quebec traffic will be a Cargo Lux Boeing 747 moving right to left

It is very important for a pilot to always know what happens around him Thats why he

should thoughtfully listen to radio chatter between ATC and other aircraft and of course keep

his eyes out Controllers often help by issuing traffic information

2323 Progressive Taxi

Should you not know your way around an airport or get lost there is the option to ask for

progressive taxi ATC will then advise the pilot where to go

If you get lost and cant solve the situation on your own you can demand this kind of help

from ATC This is always a better solution than strolling around on the apron just because

youre too proud to ask for help

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger expect progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn left now

Pilot Turning left Lufthansa 123

ATC Lufthansa 123 the second taxiway to your right is November Follow

November to holding point runway 18

Pilot Will turn second taxiway to the right follow November to holding point runway

18 Lufthansa 123

2324 Conditional Clearances

ATC can attach further instructions to traffic information for example to let another aircraft

pass and taxi behind it It is very important that you have this traffic in sight if not you have

to inform the controller immediately

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 unable traffic not in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger in this case hold short of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will give way to Air Berlin Boeing 737 on November

233 Tower

When approaching the runway or latest when we reach the holding point Ground will hand

us off to the Tower controller who is responsible for all movements on the runways and

issues all clearances (landing and take off crossing a runway etc)

ATC Lufthansa 123 contact Tower on frequency 119900

Pilot Lufthansa 123 contacting Tower on frequency 119900

Depending on where we are and if we are ready for departure there are different possibilities

for the initial call on the tower frequency

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 approaching runway 18

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 at holding point runway 18 ready for departure

2331 Line Up and Conditional Clearance

The Tower Controller may only give landing and take-off clearances under certain

circumstances one of which being that the runway must be clear of all other traffic The

Tower Controller has some tools with which to separate traffic very effectively and to keep a

steady traffic flow They could have us line up on the runway and wait there

ATC Lufthansa 123 line up runway 18 and wait

Pilot Lufthansa 123 lining up runway 18 and waiting

They can also instruct us to line up behind another aircraft In that case they give us our

clearance to line up even if it would not have been our time They do not have to pray that

the frequency is clear when our actual time comes ndash that makes their work much more

effective

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 lining up runway 18 and waiting

behind

It is very important for us to properly identify the traffic that the tower controller indicated to

us and to keep it in sight at all times Should we not see the traffic the conditional clearance

is invalid ndash we have to immediately inform ATC who will then figure out another clearance

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 negative traffic not in sight

Sometimes ATC ldquoshowsrdquo you the traffic and only gives you the clearance after you

confirmed visual contact

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 on short final runway 25R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 line up runway 25R and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 lining up runway 25R and waiting

behind

2332 Take off Clearance

Now that the runway is cleared we get our take-off clearance The structure and the

information given are always the same

ATC Lufthansa 123 wind 180 degrees 10 knots runway 18 cleared for take off

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 18 cleared for take off

You dont have to read back the wind information as this serves only as an information to the

pilot

234 Departure and Climb

At some airports we have to contact departure ourselves At other airports tower will give the

instruction to call departure with the known phraseology (Lufthansa 123 contact departure

on frequency hellip) Because we are airborne now our current altitude is to be considered in the

next initial-calls as well as the altitude that we are cleared for In this case the altitude were

cleared for is the initial climb altitude that can be found on the charts

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 altitude 2000 feet climbing altitude 4000 feet

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb flight level 80

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climb flight level 80

The controller will identify us on the scope before he gives more instructions As soon as

radarcontact is established ATC will tells us that were bdquoIdentifiedldquo

There are several possibilities why an identification could fail Wrong transponder code

wrong setting of transponder code or a tranponder failure in our airplane The controller will

compair our reported altitude with the altitude indication on his scope If the altitudes match

the controller can separate us from other airplanes bdquoIdentifiedldquo doesnt need to be read back

The controller also could give the instruction to stop our climb before reaching the cleared

altitude

ATC Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Pilot Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Once we reach the border of a sector (either horizontally or vertically) the controller will

instruct us to contact the next station using the already known phraseology He could also tell

us to give further information to the next station eg our speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 report speed to Langen Radar frequency 127500

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will report speed to Langen Radar on frequency 127500

As always when we establish contact with a radar controller we have to report our current

altitude and if different the altitude we are cleared to ndash this is mandatory

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 FL65 for FL70 speed 250 knots

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb FL230

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL230

235 Cruise

We are now cruising along on FL230 There are some situations we may face now but all of

them may appear in other flight phases as well

2351 Proceed Direct to

ATC could give us a short cut to a certain way point It can be part of our flight plan but

does not necessarily have to

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So now we proceed to that point from our present position If the waypoint is part of our

flight plan we follow our routing after that point

This is the same instruction but packed a little differently

ATC Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So we follow our routing as planned until we reach KNG and turn towards DKB afterwards

If you dont get the name of the way point you can ask the controller to spell it (please spell

the name)

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct ANEKI Alpha November Echo Kilo India

Pilot Proceeding direct Alpha November Echo Kilo India Lufthansa 123

2352 Changes to Route

ATC can give us a different routing for a segment

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter proceed direct BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter direct BURAM

2353 Heading and Vectors

Sometimes its necessary to have us turn away from the planned route by using vectors

which are simple headings we need to follow

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn right heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 turning right heading 180

We can of course do the whole turn in the other direction as well

If ATC is not sure in which direction we need to turn he can issue an instruction without a

direction ndash we then turn in the direction where we have to turn the least

ATC Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

236 Approach and Descend

2361 Descend

Slowly but steady we get closer to our destination and want to start descending In case ATC

did not work ahead and issued a descend clearance early we can of course draw the

controllers attention to us and just ask for descend

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request descent or Lufthansa 123 ready for descent

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180

In order to control the descend ATC has a few tools that can be used

2362 Instructing a Rate

ATC can instruct you to descend with a certain vertical speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

2363 Descend Restrictions

If the controller wants us to be at a certain altitude atbehindabeambefore a specified

waypoint he gives an instruction like the following

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

This means that we have to descend in a manner to reach BURAM at FL 180 we could also

reach it earlier if we wanted The net phrase is a little more restricting as we now have to

reach FL 180 exactly at BURAM not earlier not later ndash exactly

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending to reach FL 180 at BURAM

The defined restriction does not have to be bound to a waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Sometimes a controller needs us to reach an altitude somewhere abeam a certain point In

order to follow that instruction we first need to know where that waypoint is That usually

happens when ATC issues vectors This is used if the controller needs us on a specific

altitude at a certain point and we are not following a routing or flying directly to a later

waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 abeam RENLO

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to reach level abeam RENLO

As you see its an advantage to have all charts ndash en-route charts too ndash at hand and ready If

you do not have en-route charts most FMCs available for FS offer the option to enter a

waypoint on the FIX page (or similar) and sometimes even offer to insert an ABEAM

POINT (eg PMDG 737 NG)

Another option is to delay the beginning of descend until ATC can either tell us a certain

point where we have to start our descend or give us an early descend with the option to start

it whenever we want ndash as long as we meet the restrictions ATC gives us So we can maintain

our cruising altitude as long as we want If you prefer to stay high longer and then just drop

out of the sky thats fine if you want to do a steady slow descend you can do that as well

ATC Lufthansa 123 when passing Dinkelsbuumlhel descend FL 180

ATC Lufthansa 123 when ready descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

You can find more important information on the topic descend (planning tactics execution)

in the chapter OPERATION of Flight Training

2364 Holdings

We essentially come across two main types of holdings Published and unpublished or

unknown holdings

You wont be very surprised when I tell you that there are standardized phrases for the entry

and exit of holding patterns More information on holding patterns can be found in the

chapter BASICS of Flight Training

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold at ROKIL (as published)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 holding at ROKIL (as published)

Holding patterns are not unforeseeable so ATC often prepares pilots that there will be a

holding pattern Often this includes the clearance to reduce your speed ndash perhaps you can

avoid the holding this way

ATC Lufthansa 123 expect holding at ROKIL reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 expecting hold over ROKIL reducing to minimum clean speed

As always ndash if ATC does not give us the approval to reduce speed we can just ask him But

dont do it on your own Another aircraft may be on the same level behind us

Pilot Lufthansa 123 may we reduce to minimum clean speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 reducing minimum clean

If a pilot does not know the holding he was instructed to join he has to ask for instructions

ATC will then provide the necessary information to the pilot The holding instruction will

look like this

Fix | inbound course | turn direction | leg timedistance

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request holding instructions

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold over ROKIL inbound track 128 right turns leg time 1 minute

237 Types of Approaches

Next we will establish contact with approach control This is a local control station - as we

learned earlier we have to include the ATIS designator during the initial call A good time to

listen to the ATIS is around your top of descend

Pilot Muumlnchen Arrival Lufthansa 123 FL 185 for FL 180 information Bravo

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Arrival identified Bravo is correct

2371 STAR

This is what a clearance onto a STAR looks like

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

2372 Transition (without Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 11: VATEUD Pilots Manual

We know from the airport information sheet that departures to DKB should preferably use

runway 18 for departure so we file an SID from this runway and hope that ATC is not going

to make us change active runway Our cruising altitude for this flight will be FL210

For didactic matters you wont be able to redo this flight exactly as we show it here because

you will most probably not encounter the full load of different situations covered in the next

chapters Please also note that there is nothing polite in phraseology by the book No good

mornings no good byes We will not use any phrases like this in this document but you can

be sure that every ATC be it in the online or the real world appreciates any greetings

231 Departure

Before departure we filed our flight plan (see chapter Flight Planning) and all flight

preparations have been made We begin at gate A32 in Frankfurt

2311 At the Gate (ATIS)

First we check the ATIS (Automatic terminal Information Service) on the specific frequency

in this case 118025 The ATIS besides information on weather also includes the active

runways for departure and landing and other abnormal conditions To make each ATIS

unique it is designated with a letter connected to the specific message you listen to in our

case we heard Information Alpha

2312 At the Gate (Start-Up)

Before each IFR flight the pilot has to obtain the approval to start his engines the so called

start-up This does not mean that the pilot should or even had to start his engines

immediately It just means that ATC does not foresee departure delays of more than 20

minutes in reference to the planned departure time The actual act of starting the engines is

done in cooperation between the flight crew and the ground crew serving the aircraft

Important Pilots should always include the ATIS designator on initial contact with a local

ATC station In some reasons you will also have to include more details on your flight like

your aircraft type or the QNH

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information Alpha request start-up

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery Alpha is correct Start-up is approved

Pilot Start-up approved Lufthansa 123

2313 At the Gate (En Route Clearance)

A flight following instrumental flight rules (IFR) always needs a flight plan which must be

filed with air traffic control (see Flight Planning) Before departure this flight plan has to be

approved by the responsible ATC station Large airports have a dedicated station for this the

so-called Clearance Delivery On smaller airports this task may be done by the local Ground

or Tower controller

You will often get the En-Route Clearance together with the start-up approval so you should

be prepared to get your en-route clearance together with the start-up clearance without a

notice ndash Keyword Pen and Paper

An en-route clearance always has the same structure First you will be cleared to your

destination airport followed by the assigned departure route and sometimes the departure

runway (as long as this is not clearly defined by the departure route itself) Finally there will

be additional information given if the rest of the route is accepted and cleared according to

the flight plan or if there are any changes to the further routing Those changes can become

quite extensive thats why I want to give you ndash again - the advice to have a pen and paper

ready At the end of the clearance ATC assigns you a transponder code the so-called

Squawk which you have to enter into your transponder (this code makes ATCs Secondary

Surveillance Radar able to identify your flight and to correlate your target with your flight

plan)

After the pilots read back of the full clearance ATC will usually confirm that the read back

was correct and complete

Depending on the airport and country you will get your start-up approval right with the en-

route clearance

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 request IFR-clearance to EDDM

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight

planned route squawk 2101

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Or with start-up

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via

DKB5S departure flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot

a) Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight planned

route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

b) Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Pilot

a) Start up approved Lufthansa 123

b) -

2314 At the Gate (Vectored Departure)

Sometimes when a pilot does not know how to follow a standardized departure route ATC

will use Vectored Departures So what does that mean It just means that the pilot gets

specific instructions on what to do after take off The radar controller will make sure that the

pilot finds his routing later using vectors Proceed Direct SOMETHING or similar

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain

runway track climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency

120050 squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain runway track

climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency 120050

squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

2315 At the Gate (Detailed Departure Instruction)

ATC can should a pilot not know the SID also read the whole SID to the pilot Please make

sure you never need to get this service by reading your charts carefully

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when airborne

maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800 feet or 12

DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when

airborne maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800

feet or 12 DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

232 Push Back and Taxi

2321 Push-Back

If you are located at a gate from which you cannot simply taxi straight out from you need to

obtain approval for push-back from Ground Control

Pilot Frankfurt Apron Lufthansa 123 gate A32 request push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Apron push-back approved

Pilot Lufthansa 123 push-back approved

This push-back instruction can be extended to for example include a direction or the length

of the push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved facing east perform a long push into taxiway

Mike

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved perform a u-turn into position A34

As there is a nearly endless pool of options for ground controllers there are not always

standard phrases ndash it is important that pilot and ATC do understand each other As in all

flight phases Communication is everything

If an instruction is not clear you simply ask Say again

2322 Taxi

After push-back or if you are parked at a position from which you can taxi straight out after

engine start you obviously have to get to the runway Designated taxiways lead you there

The task of Ground Control will be done by different stations depending on the airport and

Location of the aircraft at that airport In our example Frankfurt Apron is our first station the

Tower will take over later

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 taxiing to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Now that we are moving ATC has even more possibilities to differ from such easy taxi

instructions as seen before He could for example let us stop before a certain taxiway which

we will cross

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of Quebec traffic will be a Cargo Lux Boeing 747 moving right to left

It is very important for a pilot to always know what happens around him Thats why he

should thoughtfully listen to radio chatter between ATC and other aircraft and of course keep

his eyes out Controllers often help by issuing traffic information

2323 Progressive Taxi

Should you not know your way around an airport or get lost there is the option to ask for

progressive taxi ATC will then advise the pilot where to go

If you get lost and cant solve the situation on your own you can demand this kind of help

from ATC This is always a better solution than strolling around on the apron just because

youre too proud to ask for help

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger expect progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn left now

Pilot Turning left Lufthansa 123

ATC Lufthansa 123 the second taxiway to your right is November Follow

November to holding point runway 18

Pilot Will turn second taxiway to the right follow November to holding point runway

18 Lufthansa 123

2324 Conditional Clearances

ATC can attach further instructions to traffic information for example to let another aircraft

pass and taxi behind it It is very important that you have this traffic in sight if not you have

to inform the controller immediately

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 unable traffic not in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger in this case hold short of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will give way to Air Berlin Boeing 737 on November

233 Tower

When approaching the runway or latest when we reach the holding point Ground will hand

us off to the Tower controller who is responsible for all movements on the runways and

issues all clearances (landing and take off crossing a runway etc)

ATC Lufthansa 123 contact Tower on frequency 119900

Pilot Lufthansa 123 contacting Tower on frequency 119900

Depending on where we are and if we are ready for departure there are different possibilities

for the initial call on the tower frequency

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 approaching runway 18

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 at holding point runway 18 ready for departure

2331 Line Up and Conditional Clearance

The Tower Controller may only give landing and take-off clearances under certain

circumstances one of which being that the runway must be clear of all other traffic The

Tower Controller has some tools with which to separate traffic very effectively and to keep a

steady traffic flow They could have us line up on the runway and wait there

ATC Lufthansa 123 line up runway 18 and wait

Pilot Lufthansa 123 lining up runway 18 and waiting

They can also instruct us to line up behind another aircraft In that case they give us our

clearance to line up even if it would not have been our time They do not have to pray that

the frequency is clear when our actual time comes ndash that makes their work much more

effective

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 lining up runway 18 and waiting

behind

It is very important for us to properly identify the traffic that the tower controller indicated to

us and to keep it in sight at all times Should we not see the traffic the conditional clearance

is invalid ndash we have to immediately inform ATC who will then figure out another clearance

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 negative traffic not in sight

Sometimes ATC ldquoshowsrdquo you the traffic and only gives you the clearance after you

confirmed visual contact

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 on short final runway 25R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 line up runway 25R and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 lining up runway 25R and waiting

behind

2332 Take off Clearance

Now that the runway is cleared we get our take-off clearance The structure and the

information given are always the same

ATC Lufthansa 123 wind 180 degrees 10 knots runway 18 cleared for take off

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 18 cleared for take off

You dont have to read back the wind information as this serves only as an information to the

pilot

234 Departure and Climb

At some airports we have to contact departure ourselves At other airports tower will give the

instruction to call departure with the known phraseology (Lufthansa 123 contact departure

on frequency hellip) Because we are airborne now our current altitude is to be considered in the

next initial-calls as well as the altitude that we are cleared for In this case the altitude were

cleared for is the initial climb altitude that can be found on the charts

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 altitude 2000 feet climbing altitude 4000 feet

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb flight level 80

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climb flight level 80

The controller will identify us on the scope before he gives more instructions As soon as

radarcontact is established ATC will tells us that were bdquoIdentifiedldquo

There are several possibilities why an identification could fail Wrong transponder code

wrong setting of transponder code or a tranponder failure in our airplane The controller will

compair our reported altitude with the altitude indication on his scope If the altitudes match

the controller can separate us from other airplanes bdquoIdentifiedldquo doesnt need to be read back

The controller also could give the instruction to stop our climb before reaching the cleared

altitude

ATC Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Pilot Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Once we reach the border of a sector (either horizontally or vertically) the controller will

instruct us to contact the next station using the already known phraseology He could also tell

us to give further information to the next station eg our speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 report speed to Langen Radar frequency 127500

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will report speed to Langen Radar on frequency 127500

As always when we establish contact with a radar controller we have to report our current

altitude and if different the altitude we are cleared to ndash this is mandatory

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 FL65 for FL70 speed 250 knots

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb FL230

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL230

235 Cruise

We are now cruising along on FL230 There are some situations we may face now but all of

them may appear in other flight phases as well

2351 Proceed Direct to

ATC could give us a short cut to a certain way point It can be part of our flight plan but

does not necessarily have to

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So now we proceed to that point from our present position If the waypoint is part of our

flight plan we follow our routing after that point

This is the same instruction but packed a little differently

ATC Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So we follow our routing as planned until we reach KNG and turn towards DKB afterwards

If you dont get the name of the way point you can ask the controller to spell it (please spell

the name)

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct ANEKI Alpha November Echo Kilo India

Pilot Proceeding direct Alpha November Echo Kilo India Lufthansa 123

2352 Changes to Route

ATC can give us a different routing for a segment

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter proceed direct BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter direct BURAM

2353 Heading and Vectors

Sometimes its necessary to have us turn away from the planned route by using vectors

which are simple headings we need to follow

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn right heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 turning right heading 180

We can of course do the whole turn in the other direction as well

If ATC is not sure in which direction we need to turn he can issue an instruction without a

direction ndash we then turn in the direction where we have to turn the least

ATC Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

236 Approach and Descend

2361 Descend

Slowly but steady we get closer to our destination and want to start descending In case ATC

did not work ahead and issued a descend clearance early we can of course draw the

controllers attention to us and just ask for descend

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request descent or Lufthansa 123 ready for descent

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180

In order to control the descend ATC has a few tools that can be used

2362 Instructing a Rate

ATC can instruct you to descend with a certain vertical speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

2363 Descend Restrictions

If the controller wants us to be at a certain altitude atbehindabeambefore a specified

waypoint he gives an instruction like the following

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

This means that we have to descend in a manner to reach BURAM at FL 180 we could also

reach it earlier if we wanted The net phrase is a little more restricting as we now have to

reach FL 180 exactly at BURAM not earlier not later ndash exactly

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending to reach FL 180 at BURAM

The defined restriction does not have to be bound to a waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Sometimes a controller needs us to reach an altitude somewhere abeam a certain point In

order to follow that instruction we first need to know where that waypoint is That usually

happens when ATC issues vectors This is used if the controller needs us on a specific

altitude at a certain point and we are not following a routing or flying directly to a later

waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 abeam RENLO

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to reach level abeam RENLO

As you see its an advantage to have all charts ndash en-route charts too ndash at hand and ready If

you do not have en-route charts most FMCs available for FS offer the option to enter a

waypoint on the FIX page (or similar) and sometimes even offer to insert an ABEAM

POINT (eg PMDG 737 NG)

Another option is to delay the beginning of descend until ATC can either tell us a certain

point where we have to start our descend or give us an early descend with the option to start

it whenever we want ndash as long as we meet the restrictions ATC gives us So we can maintain

our cruising altitude as long as we want If you prefer to stay high longer and then just drop

out of the sky thats fine if you want to do a steady slow descend you can do that as well

ATC Lufthansa 123 when passing Dinkelsbuumlhel descend FL 180

ATC Lufthansa 123 when ready descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

You can find more important information on the topic descend (planning tactics execution)

in the chapter OPERATION of Flight Training

2364 Holdings

We essentially come across two main types of holdings Published and unpublished or

unknown holdings

You wont be very surprised when I tell you that there are standardized phrases for the entry

and exit of holding patterns More information on holding patterns can be found in the

chapter BASICS of Flight Training

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold at ROKIL (as published)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 holding at ROKIL (as published)

Holding patterns are not unforeseeable so ATC often prepares pilots that there will be a

holding pattern Often this includes the clearance to reduce your speed ndash perhaps you can

avoid the holding this way

ATC Lufthansa 123 expect holding at ROKIL reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 expecting hold over ROKIL reducing to minimum clean speed

As always ndash if ATC does not give us the approval to reduce speed we can just ask him But

dont do it on your own Another aircraft may be on the same level behind us

Pilot Lufthansa 123 may we reduce to minimum clean speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 reducing minimum clean

If a pilot does not know the holding he was instructed to join he has to ask for instructions

ATC will then provide the necessary information to the pilot The holding instruction will

look like this

Fix | inbound course | turn direction | leg timedistance

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request holding instructions

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold over ROKIL inbound track 128 right turns leg time 1 minute

237 Types of Approaches

Next we will establish contact with approach control This is a local control station - as we

learned earlier we have to include the ATIS designator during the initial call A good time to

listen to the ATIS is around your top of descend

Pilot Muumlnchen Arrival Lufthansa 123 FL 185 for FL 180 information Bravo

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Arrival identified Bravo is correct

2371 STAR

This is what a clearance onto a STAR looks like

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

2372 Transition (without Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 12: VATEUD Pilots Manual

You will often get the En-Route Clearance together with the start-up approval so you should

be prepared to get your en-route clearance together with the start-up clearance without a

notice ndash Keyword Pen and Paper

An en-route clearance always has the same structure First you will be cleared to your

destination airport followed by the assigned departure route and sometimes the departure

runway (as long as this is not clearly defined by the departure route itself) Finally there will

be additional information given if the rest of the route is accepted and cleared according to

the flight plan or if there are any changes to the further routing Those changes can become

quite extensive thats why I want to give you ndash again - the advice to have a pen and paper

ready At the end of the clearance ATC assigns you a transponder code the so-called

Squawk which you have to enter into your transponder (this code makes ATCs Secondary

Surveillance Radar able to identify your flight and to correlate your target with your flight

plan)

After the pilots read back of the full clearance ATC will usually confirm that the read back

was correct and complete

Depending on the airport and country you will get your start-up approval right with the en-

route clearance

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 request IFR-clearance to EDDM

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight

planned route squawk 2101

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Or with start-up

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via

DKB5S departure flight planned route squawk 2101

Pilot

a) Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure flight planned

route squawk 2101

b) Lufthansa 123 start-up approved cleared to Muumlnchen via DKB5S departure

flight planned route squawk 2101

ATC

a) Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

b) Lufthansa 123 read back correct

Pilot

a) Start up approved Lufthansa 123

b) -

2314 At the Gate (Vectored Departure)

Sometimes when a pilot does not know how to follow a standardized departure route ATC

will use Vectored Departures So what does that mean It just means that the pilot gets

specific instructions on what to do after take off The radar controller will make sure that the

pilot finds his routing later using vectors Proceed Direct SOMETHING or similar

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain

runway track climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency

120050 squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain runway track

climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency 120050

squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

2315 At the Gate (Detailed Departure Instruction)

ATC can should a pilot not know the SID also read the whole SID to the pilot Please make

sure you never need to get this service by reading your charts carefully

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when airborne

maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800 feet or 12

DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when

airborne maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800

feet or 12 DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

232 Push Back and Taxi

2321 Push-Back

If you are located at a gate from which you cannot simply taxi straight out from you need to

obtain approval for push-back from Ground Control

Pilot Frankfurt Apron Lufthansa 123 gate A32 request push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Apron push-back approved

Pilot Lufthansa 123 push-back approved

This push-back instruction can be extended to for example include a direction or the length

of the push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved facing east perform a long push into taxiway

Mike

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved perform a u-turn into position A34

As there is a nearly endless pool of options for ground controllers there are not always

standard phrases ndash it is important that pilot and ATC do understand each other As in all

flight phases Communication is everything

If an instruction is not clear you simply ask Say again

2322 Taxi

After push-back or if you are parked at a position from which you can taxi straight out after

engine start you obviously have to get to the runway Designated taxiways lead you there

The task of Ground Control will be done by different stations depending on the airport and

Location of the aircraft at that airport In our example Frankfurt Apron is our first station the

Tower will take over later

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 taxiing to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Now that we are moving ATC has even more possibilities to differ from such easy taxi

instructions as seen before He could for example let us stop before a certain taxiway which

we will cross

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of Quebec traffic will be a Cargo Lux Boeing 747 moving right to left

It is very important for a pilot to always know what happens around him Thats why he

should thoughtfully listen to radio chatter between ATC and other aircraft and of course keep

his eyes out Controllers often help by issuing traffic information

2323 Progressive Taxi

Should you not know your way around an airport or get lost there is the option to ask for

progressive taxi ATC will then advise the pilot where to go

If you get lost and cant solve the situation on your own you can demand this kind of help

from ATC This is always a better solution than strolling around on the apron just because

youre too proud to ask for help

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger expect progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn left now

Pilot Turning left Lufthansa 123

ATC Lufthansa 123 the second taxiway to your right is November Follow

November to holding point runway 18

Pilot Will turn second taxiway to the right follow November to holding point runway

18 Lufthansa 123

2324 Conditional Clearances

ATC can attach further instructions to traffic information for example to let another aircraft

pass and taxi behind it It is very important that you have this traffic in sight if not you have

to inform the controller immediately

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 unable traffic not in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger in this case hold short of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will give way to Air Berlin Boeing 737 on November

233 Tower

When approaching the runway or latest when we reach the holding point Ground will hand

us off to the Tower controller who is responsible for all movements on the runways and

issues all clearances (landing and take off crossing a runway etc)

ATC Lufthansa 123 contact Tower on frequency 119900

Pilot Lufthansa 123 contacting Tower on frequency 119900

Depending on where we are and if we are ready for departure there are different possibilities

for the initial call on the tower frequency

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 approaching runway 18

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 at holding point runway 18 ready for departure

2331 Line Up and Conditional Clearance

The Tower Controller may only give landing and take-off clearances under certain

circumstances one of which being that the runway must be clear of all other traffic The

Tower Controller has some tools with which to separate traffic very effectively and to keep a

steady traffic flow They could have us line up on the runway and wait there

ATC Lufthansa 123 line up runway 18 and wait

Pilot Lufthansa 123 lining up runway 18 and waiting

They can also instruct us to line up behind another aircraft In that case they give us our

clearance to line up even if it would not have been our time They do not have to pray that

the frequency is clear when our actual time comes ndash that makes their work much more

effective

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 lining up runway 18 and waiting

behind

It is very important for us to properly identify the traffic that the tower controller indicated to

us and to keep it in sight at all times Should we not see the traffic the conditional clearance

is invalid ndash we have to immediately inform ATC who will then figure out another clearance

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 negative traffic not in sight

Sometimes ATC ldquoshowsrdquo you the traffic and only gives you the clearance after you

confirmed visual contact

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 on short final runway 25R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 line up runway 25R and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 lining up runway 25R and waiting

behind

2332 Take off Clearance

Now that the runway is cleared we get our take-off clearance The structure and the

information given are always the same

ATC Lufthansa 123 wind 180 degrees 10 knots runway 18 cleared for take off

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 18 cleared for take off

You dont have to read back the wind information as this serves only as an information to the

pilot

234 Departure and Climb

At some airports we have to contact departure ourselves At other airports tower will give the

instruction to call departure with the known phraseology (Lufthansa 123 contact departure

on frequency hellip) Because we are airborne now our current altitude is to be considered in the

next initial-calls as well as the altitude that we are cleared for In this case the altitude were

cleared for is the initial climb altitude that can be found on the charts

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 altitude 2000 feet climbing altitude 4000 feet

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb flight level 80

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climb flight level 80

The controller will identify us on the scope before he gives more instructions As soon as

radarcontact is established ATC will tells us that were bdquoIdentifiedldquo

There are several possibilities why an identification could fail Wrong transponder code

wrong setting of transponder code or a tranponder failure in our airplane The controller will

compair our reported altitude with the altitude indication on his scope If the altitudes match

the controller can separate us from other airplanes bdquoIdentifiedldquo doesnt need to be read back

The controller also could give the instruction to stop our climb before reaching the cleared

altitude

ATC Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Pilot Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Once we reach the border of a sector (either horizontally or vertically) the controller will

instruct us to contact the next station using the already known phraseology He could also tell

us to give further information to the next station eg our speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 report speed to Langen Radar frequency 127500

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will report speed to Langen Radar on frequency 127500

As always when we establish contact with a radar controller we have to report our current

altitude and if different the altitude we are cleared to ndash this is mandatory

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 FL65 for FL70 speed 250 knots

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb FL230

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL230

235 Cruise

We are now cruising along on FL230 There are some situations we may face now but all of

them may appear in other flight phases as well

2351 Proceed Direct to

ATC could give us a short cut to a certain way point It can be part of our flight plan but

does not necessarily have to

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So now we proceed to that point from our present position If the waypoint is part of our

flight plan we follow our routing after that point

This is the same instruction but packed a little differently

ATC Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So we follow our routing as planned until we reach KNG and turn towards DKB afterwards

If you dont get the name of the way point you can ask the controller to spell it (please spell

the name)

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct ANEKI Alpha November Echo Kilo India

Pilot Proceeding direct Alpha November Echo Kilo India Lufthansa 123

2352 Changes to Route

ATC can give us a different routing for a segment

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter proceed direct BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter direct BURAM

2353 Heading and Vectors

Sometimes its necessary to have us turn away from the planned route by using vectors

which are simple headings we need to follow

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn right heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 turning right heading 180

We can of course do the whole turn in the other direction as well

If ATC is not sure in which direction we need to turn he can issue an instruction without a

direction ndash we then turn in the direction where we have to turn the least

ATC Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

236 Approach and Descend

2361 Descend

Slowly but steady we get closer to our destination and want to start descending In case ATC

did not work ahead and issued a descend clearance early we can of course draw the

controllers attention to us and just ask for descend

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request descent or Lufthansa 123 ready for descent

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180

In order to control the descend ATC has a few tools that can be used

2362 Instructing a Rate

ATC can instruct you to descend with a certain vertical speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

2363 Descend Restrictions

If the controller wants us to be at a certain altitude atbehindabeambefore a specified

waypoint he gives an instruction like the following

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

This means that we have to descend in a manner to reach BURAM at FL 180 we could also

reach it earlier if we wanted The net phrase is a little more restricting as we now have to

reach FL 180 exactly at BURAM not earlier not later ndash exactly

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending to reach FL 180 at BURAM

The defined restriction does not have to be bound to a waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Sometimes a controller needs us to reach an altitude somewhere abeam a certain point In

order to follow that instruction we first need to know where that waypoint is That usually

happens when ATC issues vectors This is used if the controller needs us on a specific

altitude at a certain point and we are not following a routing or flying directly to a later

waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 abeam RENLO

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to reach level abeam RENLO

As you see its an advantage to have all charts ndash en-route charts too ndash at hand and ready If

you do not have en-route charts most FMCs available for FS offer the option to enter a

waypoint on the FIX page (or similar) and sometimes even offer to insert an ABEAM

POINT (eg PMDG 737 NG)

Another option is to delay the beginning of descend until ATC can either tell us a certain

point where we have to start our descend or give us an early descend with the option to start

it whenever we want ndash as long as we meet the restrictions ATC gives us So we can maintain

our cruising altitude as long as we want If you prefer to stay high longer and then just drop

out of the sky thats fine if you want to do a steady slow descend you can do that as well

ATC Lufthansa 123 when passing Dinkelsbuumlhel descend FL 180

ATC Lufthansa 123 when ready descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

You can find more important information on the topic descend (planning tactics execution)

in the chapter OPERATION of Flight Training

2364 Holdings

We essentially come across two main types of holdings Published and unpublished or

unknown holdings

You wont be very surprised when I tell you that there are standardized phrases for the entry

and exit of holding patterns More information on holding patterns can be found in the

chapter BASICS of Flight Training

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold at ROKIL (as published)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 holding at ROKIL (as published)

Holding patterns are not unforeseeable so ATC often prepares pilots that there will be a

holding pattern Often this includes the clearance to reduce your speed ndash perhaps you can

avoid the holding this way

ATC Lufthansa 123 expect holding at ROKIL reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 expecting hold over ROKIL reducing to minimum clean speed

As always ndash if ATC does not give us the approval to reduce speed we can just ask him But

dont do it on your own Another aircraft may be on the same level behind us

Pilot Lufthansa 123 may we reduce to minimum clean speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 reducing minimum clean

If a pilot does not know the holding he was instructed to join he has to ask for instructions

ATC will then provide the necessary information to the pilot The holding instruction will

look like this

Fix | inbound course | turn direction | leg timedistance

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request holding instructions

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold over ROKIL inbound track 128 right turns leg time 1 minute

237 Types of Approaches

Next we will establish contact with approach control This is a local control station - as we

learned earlier we have to include the ATIS designator during the initial call A good time to

listen to the ATIS is around your top of descend

Pilot Muumlnchen Arrival Lufthansa 123 FL 185 for FL 180 information Bravo

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Arrival identified Bravo is correct

2371 STAR

This is what a clearance onto a STAR looks like

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

2372 Transition (without Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 13: VATEUD Pilots Manual

2314 At the Gate (Vectored Departure)

Sometimes when a pilot does not know how to follow a standardized departure route ATC

will use Vectored Departures So what does that mean It just means that the pilot gets

specific instructions on what to do after take off The radar controller will make sure that the

pilot finds his routing later using vectors Proceed Direct SOMETHING or similar

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Delivery cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain

runway track climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency

120050 squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen when airborne maintain runway track

climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 contact Langen Radar on frequency 120050

squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

2315 At the Gate (Detailed Departure Instruction)

ATC can should a pilot not know the SID also read the whole SID to the pilot Please make

sure you never need to get this service by reading your charts carefully

Pilot Frankfurt Delivery Lufthansa 123 information A request start up

ATC

Lufthansa 123 cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when airborne

maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800 feet or 12

DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

Pilot

Lufthansa 123 we are cleared to Muumlnchen departure runway 18 when

airborne maintain runway heading climb altitude 4000ft QNH 1019 At 800

feet or 12 DME outbound RID VOR whichever is later turn left to KNG NDB

Maximum IAS 220 Knots Intercept QDR 103 KNG At AKONI turn right

intercept radial 310 DKB VOR to DKB Squawk 2210

ATC Lufthansa 123 read back correct start up approved

Pilot Start up approved Lufthansa 123

232 Push Back and Taxi

2321 Push-Back

If you are located at a gate from which you cannot simply taxi straight out from you need to

obtain approval for push-back from Ground Control

Pilot Frankfurt Apron Lufthansa 123 gate A32 request push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 Frankfurt Apron push-back approved

Pilot Lufthansa 123 push-back approved

This push-back instruction can be extended to for example include a direction or the length

of the push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved facing east perform a long push into taxiway

Mike

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved perform a u-turn into position A34

As there is a nearly endless pool of options for ground controllers there are not always

standard phrases ndash it is important that pilot and ATC do understand each other As in all

flight phases Communication is everything

If an instruction is not clear you simply ask Say again

2322 Taxi

After push-back or if you are parked at a position from which you can taxi straight out after

engine start you obviously have to get to the runway Designated taxiways lead you there

The task of Ground Control will be done by different stations depending on the airport and

Location of the aircraft at that airport In our example Frankfurt Apron is our first station the

Tower will take over later

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 taxiing to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Now that we are moving ATC has even more possibilities to differ from such easy taxi

instructions as seen before He could for example let us stop before a certain taxiway which

we will cross

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of Quebec traffic will be a Cargo Lux Boeing 747 moving right to left

It is very important for a pilot to always know what happens around him Thats why he

should thoughtfully listen to radio chatter between ATC and other aircraft and of course keep

his eyes out Controllers often help by issuing traffic information

2323 Progressive Taxi

Should you not know your way around an airport or get lost there is the option to ask for

progressive taxi ATC will then advise the pilot where to go

If you get lost and cant solve the situation on your own you can demand this kind of help

from ATC This is always a better solution than strolling around on the apron just because

youre too proud to ask for help

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger expect progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn left now

Pilot Turning left Lufthansa 123

ATC Lufthansa 123 the second taxiway to your right is November Follow

November to holding point runway 18

Pilot Will turn second taxiway to the right follow November to holding point runway

18 Lufthansa 123

2324 Conditional Clearances

ATC can attach further instructions to traffic information for example to let another aircraft

pass and taxi behind it It is very important that you have this traffic in sight if not you have

to inform the controller immediately

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 unable traffic not in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger in this case hold short of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will give way to Air Berlin Boeing 737 on November

233 Tower

When approaching the runway or latest when we reach the holding point Ground will hand

us off to the Tower controller who is responsible for all movements on the runways and

issues all clearances (landing and take off crossing a runway etc)

ATC Lufthansa 123 contact Tower on frequency 119900

Pilot Lufthansa 123 contacting Tower on frequency 119900

Depending on where we are and if we are ready for departure there are different possibilities

for the initial call on the tower frequency

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 approaching runway 18

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 at holding point runway 18 ready for departure

2331 Line Up and Conditional Clearance

The Tower Controller may only give landing and take-off clearances under certain

circumstances one of which being that the runway must be clear of all other traffic The

Tower Controller has some tools with which to separate traffic very effectively and to keep a

steady traffic flow They could have us line up on the runway and wait there

ATC Lufthansa 123 line up runway 18 and wait

Pilot Lufthansa 123 lining up runway 18 and waiting

They can also instruct us to line up behind another aircraft In that case they give us our

clearance to line up even if it would not have been our time They do not have to pray that

the frequency is clear when our actual time comes ndash that makes their work much more

effective

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 lining up runway 18 and waiting

behind

It is very important for us to properly identify the traffic that the tower controller indicated to

us and to keep it in sight at all times Should we not see the traffic the conditional clearance

is invalid ndash we have to immediately inform ATC who will then figure out another clearance

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 negative traffic not in sight

Sometimes ATC ldquoshowsrdquo you the traffic and only gives you the clearance after you

confirmed visual contact

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 on short final runway 25R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 line up runway 25R and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 lining up runway 25R and waiting

behind

2332 Take off Clearance

Now that the runway is cleared we get our take-off clearance The structure and the

information given are always the same

ATC Lufthansa 123 wind 180 degrees 10 knots runway 18 cleared for take off

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 18 cleared for take off

You dont have to read back the wind information as this serves only as an information to the

pilot

234 Departure and Climb

At some airports we have to contact departure ourselves At other airports tower will give the

instruction to call departure with the known phraseology (Lufthansa 123 contact departure

on frequency hellip) Because we are airborne now our current altitude is to be considered in the

next initial-calls as well as the altitude that we are cleared for In this case the altitude were

cleared for is the initial climb altitude that can be found on the charts

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 altitude 2000 feet climbing altitude 4000 feet

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb flight level 80

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climb flight level 80

The controller will identify us on the scope before he gives more instructions As soon as

radarcontact is established ATC will tells us that were bdquoIdentifiedldquo

There are several possibilities why an identification could fail Wrong transponder code

wrong setting of transponder code or a tranponder failure in our airplane The controller will

compair our reported altitude with the altitude indication on his scope If the altitudes match

the controller can separate us from other airplanes bdquoIdentifiedldquo doesnt need to be read back

The controller also could give the instruction to stop our climb before reaching the cleared

altitude

ATC Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Pilot Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Once we reach the border of a sector (either horizontally or vertically) the controller will

instruct us to contact the next station using the already known phraseology He could also tell

us to give further information to the next station eg our speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 report speed to Langen Radar frequency 127500

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will report speed to Langen Radar on frequency 127500

As always when we establish contact with a radar controller we have to report our current

altitude and if different the altitude we are cleared to ndash this is mandatory

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 FL65 for FL70 speed 250 knots

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb FL230

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL230

235 Cruise

We are now cruising along on FL230 There are some situations we may face now but all of

them may appear in other flight phases as well

2351 Proceed Direct to

ATC could give us a short cut to a certain way point It can be part of our flight plan but

does not necessarily have to

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So now we proceed to that point from our present position If the waypoint is part of our

flight plan we follow our routing after that point

This is the same instruction but packed a little differently

ATC Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So we follow our routing as planned until we reach KNG and turn towards DKB afterwards

If you dont get the name of the way point you can ask the controller to spell it (please spell

the name)

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct ANEKI Alpha November Echo Kilo India

Pilot Proceeding direct Alpha November Echo Kilo India Lufthansa 123

2352 Changes to Route

ATC can give us a different routing for a segment

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter proceed direct BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter direct BURAM

2353 Heading and Vectors

Sometimes its necessary to have us turn away from the planned route by using vectors

which are simple headings we need to follow

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn right heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 turning right heading 180

We can of course do the whole turn in the other direction as well

If ATC is not sure in which direction we need to turn he can issue an instruction without a

direction ndash we then turn in the direction where we have to turn the least

ATC Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

236 Approach and Descend

2361 Descend

Slowly but steady we get closer to our destination and want to start descending In case ATC

did not work ahead and issued a descend clearance early we can of course draw the

controllers attention to us and just ask for descend

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request descent or Lufthansa 123 ready for descent

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180

In order to control the descend ATC has a few tools that can be used

2362 Instructing a Rate

ATC can instruct you to descend with a certain vertical speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

2363 Descend Restrictions

If the controller wants us to be at a certain altitude atbehindabeambefore a specified

waypoint he gives an instruction like the following

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

This means that we have to descend in a manner to reach BURAM at FL 180 we could also

reach it earlier if we wanted The net phrase is a little more restricting as we now have to

reach FL 180 exactly at BURAM not earlier not later ndash exactly

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending to reach FL 180 at BURAM

The defined restriction does not have to be bound to a waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Sometimes a controller needs us to reach an altitude somewhere abeam a certain point In

order to follow that instruction we first need to know where that waypoint is That usually

happens when ATC issues vectors This is used if the controller needs us on a specific

altitude at a certain point and we are not following a routing or flying directly to a later

waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 abeam RENLO

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to reach level abeam RENLO

As you see its an advantage to have all charts ndash en-route charts too ndash at hand and ready If

you do not have en-route charts most FMCs available for FS offer the option to enter a

waypoint on the FIX page (or similar) and sometimes even offer to insert an ABEAM

POINT (eg PMDG 737 NG)

Another option is to delay the beginning of descend until ATC can either tell us a certain

point where we have to start our descend or give us an early descend with the option to start

it whenever we want ndash as long as we meet the restrictions ATC gives us So we can maintain

our cruising altitude as long as we want If you prefer to stay high longer and then just drop

out of the sky thats fine if you want to do a steady slow descend you can do that as well

ATC Lufthansa 123 when passing Dinkelsbuumlhel descend FL 180

ATC Lufthansa 123 when ready descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

You can find more important information on the topic descend (planning tactics execution)

in the chapter OPERATION of Flight Training

2364 Holdings

We essentially come across two main types of holdings Published and unpublished or

unknown holdings

You wont be very surprised when I tell you that there are standardized phrases for the entry

and exit of holding patterns More information on holding patterns can be found in the

chapter BASICS of Flight Training

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold at ROKIL (as published)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 holding at ROKIL (as published)

Holding patterns are not unforeseeable so ATC often prepares pilots that there will be a

holding pattern Often this includes the clearance to reduce your speed ndash perhaps you can

avoid the holding this way

ATC Lufthansa 123 expect holding at ROKIL reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 expecting hold over ROKIL reducing to minimum clean speed

As always ndash if ATC does not give us the approval to reduce speed we can just ask him But

dont do it on your own Another aircraft may be on the same level behind us

Pilot Lufthansa 123 may we reduce to minimum clean speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 reducing minimum clean

If a pilot does not know the holding he was instructed to join he has to ask for instructions

ATC will then provide the necessary information to the pilot The holding instruction will

look like this

Fix | inbound course | turn direction | leg timedistance

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request holding instructions

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold over ROKIL inbound track 128 right turns leg time 1 minute

237 Types of Approaches

Next we will establish contact with approach control This is a local control station - as we

learned earlier we have to include the ATIS designator during the initial call A good time to

listen to the ATIS is around your top of descend

Pilot Muumlnchen Arrival Lufthansa 123 FL 185 for FL 180 information Bravo

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Arrival identified Bravo is correct

2371 STAR

This is what a clearance onto a STAR looks like

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

2372 Transition (without Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 14: VATEUD Pilots Manual

This push-back instruction can be extended to for example include a direction or the length

of the push-back

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved facing east perform a long push into taxiway

Mike

ATC Lufthansa 123 push-back approved perform a u-turn into position A34

As there is a nearly endless pool of options for ground controllers there are not always

standard phrases ndash it is important that pilot and ATC do understand each other As in all

flight phases Communication is everything

If an instruction is not clear you simply ask Say again

2322 Taxi

After push-back or if you are parked at a position from which you can taxi straight out after

engine start you obviously have to get to the runway Designated taxiways lead you there

The task of Ground Control will be done by different stations depending on the airport and

Location of the aircraft at that airport In our example Frankfurt Apron is our first station the

Tower will take over later

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 taxiing to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November

Now that we are moving ATC has even more possibilities to differ from such easy taxi

instructions as seen before He could for example let us stop before a certain taxiway which

we will cross

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to holding point runway 18 via Mike 1 and November hold short

of Quebec traffic will be a Cargo Lux Boeing 747 moving right to left

It is very important for a pilot to always know what happens around him Thats why he

should thoughtfully listen to radio chatter between ATC and other aircraft and of course keep

his eyes out Controllers often help by issuing traffic information

2323 Progressive Taxi

Should you not know your way around an airport or get lost there is the option to ask for

progressive taxi ATC will then advise the pilot where to go

If you get lost and cant solve the situation on your own you can demand this kind of help

from ATC This is always a better solution than strolling around on the apron just because

youre too proud to ask for help

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger expect progressive taxi

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn left now

Pilot Turning left Lufthansa 123

ATC Lufthansa 123 the second taxiway to your right is November Follow

November to holding point runway 18

Pilot Will turn second taxiway to the right follow November to holding point runway

18 Lufthansa 123

2324 Conditional Clearances

ATC can attach further instructions to traffic information for example to let another aircraft

pass and taxi behind it It is very important that you have this traffic in sight if not you have

to inform the controller immediately

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 unable traffic not in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger in this case hold short of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will give way to Air Berlin Boeing 737 on November

233 Tower

When approaching the runway or latest when we reach the holding point Ground will hand

us off to the Tower controller who is responsible for all movements on the runways and

issues all clearances (landing and take off crossing a runway etc)

ATC Lufthansa 123 contact Tower on frequency 119900

Pilot Lufthansa 123 contacting Tower on frequency 119900

Depending on where we are and if we are ready for departure there are different possibilities

for the initial call on the tower frequency

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 approaching runway 18

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 at holding point runway 18 ready for departure

2331 Line Up and Conditional Clearance

The Tower Controller may only give landing and take-off clearances under certain

circumstances one of which being that the runway must be clear of all other traffic The

Tower Controller has some tools with which to separate traffic very effectively and to keep a

steady traffic flow They could have us line up on the runway and wait there

ATC Lufthansa 123 line up runway 18 and wait

Pilot Lufthansa 123 lining up runway 18 and waiting

They can also instruct us to line up behind another aircraft In that case they give us our

clearance to line up even if it would not have been our time They do not have to pray that

the frequency is clear when our actual time comes ndash that makes their work much more

effective

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 lining up runway 18 and waiting

behind

It is very important for us to properly identify the traffic that the tower controller indicated to

us and to keep it in sight at all times Should we not see the traffic the conditional clearance

is invalid ndash we have to immediately inform ATC who will then figure out another clearance

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 negative traffic not in sight

Sometimes ATC ldquoshowsrdquo you the traffic and only gives you the clearance after you

confirmed visual contact

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 on short final runway 25R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 line up runway 25R and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 lining up runway 25R and waiting

behind

2332 Take off Clearance

Now that the runway is cleared we get our take-off clearance The structure and the

information given are always the same

ATC Lufthansa 123 wind 180 degrees 10 knots runway 18 cleared for take off

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 18 cleared for take off

You dont have to read back the wind information as this serves only as an information to the

pilot

234 Departure and Climb

At some airports we have to contact departure ourselves At other airports tower will give the

instruction to call departure with the known phraseology (Lufthansa 123 contact departure

on frequency hellip) Because we are airborne now our current altitude is to be considered in the

next initial-calls as well as the altitude that we are cleared for In this case the altitude were

cleared for is the initial climb altitude that can be found on the charts

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 altitude 2000 feet climbing altitude 4000 feet

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb flight level 80

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climb flight level 80

The controller will identify us on the scope before he gives more instructions As soon as

radarcontact is established ATC will tells us that were bdquoIdentifiedldquo

There are several possibilities why an identification could fail Wrong transponder code

wrong setting of transponder code or a tranponder failure in our airplane The controller will

compair our reported altitude with the altitude indication on his scope If the altitudes match

the controller can separate us from other airplanes bdquoIdentifiedldquo doesnt need to be read back

The controller also could give the instruction to stop our climb before reaching the cleared

altitude

ATC Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Pilot Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Once we reach the border of a sector (either horizontally or vertically) the controller will

instruct us to contact the next station using the already known phraseology He could also tell

us to give further information to the next station eg our speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 report speed to Langen Radar frequency 127500

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will report speed to Langen Radar on frequency 127500

As always when we establish contact with a radar controller we have to report our current

altitude and if different the altitude we are cleared to ndash this is mandatory

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 FL65 for FL70 speed 250 knots

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb FL230

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL230

235 Cruise

We are now cruising along on FL230 There are some situations we may face now but all of

them may appear in other flight phases as well

2351 Proceed Direct to

ATC could give us a short cut to a certain way point It can be part of our flight plan but

does not necessarily have to

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So now we proceed to that point from our present position If the waypoint is part of our

flight plan we follow our routing after that point

This is the same instruction but packed a little differently

ATC Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So we follow our routing as planned until we reach KNG and turn towards DKB afterwards

If you dont get the name of the way point you can ask the controller to spell it (please spell

the name)

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct ANEKI Alpha November Echo Kilo India

Pilot Proceeding direct Alpha November Echo Kilo India Lufthansa 123

2352 Changes to Route

ATC can give us a different routing for a segment

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter proceed direct BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter direct BURAM

2353 Heading and Vectors

Sometimes its necessary to have us turn away from the planned route by using vectors

which are simple headings we need to follow

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn right heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 turning right heading 180

We can of course do the whole turn in the other direction as well

If ATC is not sure in which direction we need to turn he can issue an instruction without a

direction ndash we then turn in the direction where we have to turn the least

ATC Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

236 Approach and Descend

2361 Descend

Slowly but steady we get closer to our destination and want to start descending In case ATC

did not work ahead and issued a descend clearance early we can of course draw the

controllers attention to us and just ask for descend

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request descent or Lufthansa 123 ready for descent

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180

In order to control the descend ATC has a few tools that can be used

2362 Instructing a Rate

ATC can instruct you to descend with a certain vertical speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

2363 Descend Restrictions

If the controller wants us to be at a certain altitude atbehindabeambefore a specified

waypoint he gives an instruction like the following

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

This means that we have to descend in a manner to reach BURAM at FL 180 we could also

reach it earlier if we wanted The net phrase is a little more restricting as we now have to

reach FL 180 exactly at BURAM not earlier not later ndash exactly

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending to reach FL 180 at BURAM

The defined restriction does not have to be bound to a waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Sometimes a controller needs us to reach an altitude somewhere abeam a certain point In

order to follow that instruction we first need to know where that waypoint is That usually

happens when ATC issues vectors This is used if the controller needs us on a specific

altitude at a certain point and we are not following a routing or flying directly to a later

waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 abeam RENLO

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to reach level abeam RENLO

As you see its an advantage to have all charts ndash en-route charts too ndash at hand and ready If

you do not have en-route charts most FMCs available for FS offer the option to enter a

waypoint on the FIX page (or similar) and sometimes even offer to insert an ABEAM

POINT (eg PMDG 737 NG)

Another option is to delay the beginning of descend until ATC can either tell us a certain

point where we have to start our descend or give us an early descend with the option to start

it whenever we want ndash as long as we meet the restrictions ATC gives us So we can maintain

our cruising altitude as long as we want If you prefer to stay high longer and then just drop

out of the sky thats fine if you want to do a steady slow descend you can do that as well

ATC Lufthansa 123 when passing Dinkelsbuumlhel descend FL 180

ATC Lufthansa 123 when ready descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

You can find more important information on the topic descend (planning tactics execution)

in the chapter OPERATION of Flight Training

2364 Holdings

We essentially come across two main types of holdings Published and unpublished or

unknown holdings

You wont be very surprised when I tell you that there are standardized phrases for the entry

and exit of holding patterns More information on holding patterns can be found in the

chapter BASICS of Flight Training

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold at ROKIL (as published)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 holding at ROKIL (as published)

Holding patterns are not unforeseeable so ATC often prepares pilots that there will be a

holding pattern Often this includes the clearance to reduce your speed ndash perhaps you can

avoid the holding this way

ATC Lufthansa 123 expect holding at ROKIL reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 expecting hold over ROKIL reducing to minimum clean speed

As always ndash if ATC does not give us the approval to reduce speed we can just ask him But

dont do it on your own Another aircraft may be on the same level behind us

Pilot Lufthansa 123 may we reduce to minimum clean speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 reducing minimum clean

If a pilot does not know the holding he was instructed to join he has to ask for instructions

ATC will then provide the necessary information to the pilot The holding instruction will

look like this

Fix | inbound course | turn direction | leg timedistance

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request holding instructions

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold over ROKIL inbound track 128 right turns leg time 1 minute

237 Types of Approaches

Next we will establish contact with approach control This is a local control station - as we

learned earlier we have to include the ATIS designator during the initial call A good time to

listen to the ATIS is around your top of descend

Pilot Muumlnchen Arrival Lufthansa 123 FL 185 for FL 180 information Bravo

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Arrival identified Bravo is correct

2371 STAR

This is what a clearance onto a STAR looks like

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

2372 Transition (without Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 15: VATEUD Pilots Manual

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn left now

Pilot Turning left Lufthansa 123

ATC Lufthansa 123 the second taxiway to your right is November Follow

November to holding point runway 18

Pilot Will turn second taxiway to the right follow November to holding point runway

18 Lufthansa 123

2324 Conditional Clearances

ATC can attach further instructions to traffic information for example to let another aircraft

pass and taxi behind it It is very important that you have this traffic in sight if not you have

to inform the controller immediately

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 unable traffic not in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 roger in this case hold short of November

ATC Lufthansa 123 give way to an Air Berlin Boeing 737 moving from left to right on

taxiway November

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will give way to Air Berlin Boeing 737 on November

233 Tower

When approaching the runway or latest when we reach the holding point Ground will hand

us off to the Tower controller who is responsible for all movements on the runways and

issues all clearances (landing and take off crossing a runway etc)

ATC Lufthansa 123 contact Tower on frequency 119900

Pilot Lufthansa 123 contacting Tower on frequency 119900

Depending on where we are and if we are ready for departure there are different possibilities

for the initial call on the tower frequency

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 approaching runway 18

Pilot Frankfurt Tower Lufthansa 123 at holding point runway 18 ready for departure

2331 Line Up and Conditional Clearance

The Tower Controller may only give landing and take-off clearances under certain

circumstances one of which being that the runway must be clear of all other traffic The

Tower Controller has some tools with which to separate traffic very effectively and to keep a

steady traffic flow They could have us line up on the runway and wait there

ATC Lufthansa 123 line up runway 18 and wait

Pilot Lufthansa 123 lining up runway 18 and waiting

They can also instruct us to line up behind another aircraft In that case they give us our

clearance to line up even if it would not have been our time They do not have to pray that

the frequency is clear when our actual time comes ndash that makes their work much more

effective

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 lining up runway 18 and waiting

behind

It is very important for us to properly identify the traffic that the tower controller indicated to

us and to keep it in sight at all times Should we not see the traffic the conditional clearance

is invalid ndash we have to immediately inform ATC who will then figure out another clearance

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 negative traffic not in sight

Sometimes ATC ldquoshowsrdquo you the traffic and only gives you the clearance after you

confirmed visual contact

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 on short final runway 25R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 line up runway 25R and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 lining up runway 25R and waiting

behind

2332 Take off Clearance

Now that the runway is cleared we get our take-off clearance The structure and the

information given are always the same

ATC Lufthansa 123 wind 180 degrees 10 knots runway 18 cleared for take off

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 18 cleared for take off

You dont have to read back the wind information as this serves only as an information to the

pilot

234 Departure and Climb

At some airports we have to contact departure ourselves At other airports tower will give the

instruction to call departure with the known phraseology (Lufthansa 123 contact departure

on frequency hellip) Because we are airborne now our current altitude is to be considered in the

next initial-calls as well as the altitude that we are cleared for In this case the altitude were

cleared for is the initial climb altitude that can be found on the charts

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 altitude 2000 feet climbing altitude 4000 feet

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb flight level 80

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climb flight level 80

The controller will identify us on the scope before he gives more instructions As soon as

radarcontact is established ATC will tells us that were bdquoIdentifiedldquo

There are several possibilities why an identification could fail Wrong transponder code

wrong setting of transponder code or a tranponder failure in our airplane The controller will

compair our reported altitude with the altitude indication on his scope If the altitudes match

the controller can separate us from other airplanes bdquoIdentifiedldquo doesnt need to be read back

The controller also could give the instruction to stop our climb before reaching the cleared

altitude

ATC Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Pilot Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Once we reach the border of a sector (either horizontally or vertically) the controller will

instruct us to contact the next station using the already known phraseology He could also tell

us to give further information to the next station eg our speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 report speed to Langen Radar frequency 127500

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will report speed to Langen Radar on frequency 127500

As always when we establish contact with a radar controller we have to report our current

altitude and if different the altitude we are cleared to ndash this is mandatory

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 FL65 for FL70 speed 250 knots

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb FL230

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL230

235 Cruise

We are now cruising along on FL230 There are some situations we may face now but all of

them may appear in other flight phases as well

2351 Proceed Direct to

ATC could give us a short cut to a certain way point It can be part of our flight plan but

does not necessarily have to

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So now we proceed to that point from our present position If the waypoint is part of our

flight plan we follow our routing after that point

This is the same instruction but packed a little differently

ATC Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So we follow our routing as planned until we reach KNG and turn towards DKB afterwards

If you dont get the name of the way point you can ask the controller to spell it (please spell

the name)

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct ANEKI Alpha November Echo Kilo India

Pilot Proceeding direct Alpha November Echo Kilo India Lufthansa 123

2352 Changes to Route

ATC can give us a different routing for a segment

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter proceed direct BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter direct BURAM

2353 Heading and Vectors

Sometimes its necessary to have us turn away from the planned route by using vectors

which are simple headings we need to follow

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn right heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 turning right heading 180

We can of course do the whole turn in the other direction as well

If ATC is not sure in which direction we need to turn he can issue an instruction without a

direction ndash we then turn in the direction where we have to turn the least

ATC Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

236 Approach and Descend

2361 Descend

Slowly but steady we get closer to our destination and want to start descending In case ATC

did not work ahead and issued a descend clearance early we can of course draw the

controllers attention to us and just ask for descend

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request descent or Lufthansa 123 ready for descent

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180

In order to control the descend ATC has a few tools that can be used

2362 Instructing a Rate

ATC can instruct you to descend with a certain vertical speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

2363 Descend Restrictions

If the controller wants us to be at a certain altitude atbehindabeambefore a specified

waypoint he gives an instruction like the following

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

This means that we have to descend in a manner to reach BURAM at FL 180 we could also

reach it earlier if we wanted The net phrase is a little more restricting as we now have to

reach FL 180 exactly at BURAM not earlier not later ndash exactly

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending to reach FL 180 at BURAM

The defined restriction does not have to be bound to a waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Sometimes a controller needs us to reach an altitude somewhere abeam a certain point In

order to follow that instruction we first need to know where that waypoint is That usually

happens when ATC issues vectors This is used if the controller needs us on a specific

altitude at a certain point and we are not following a routing or flying directly to a later

waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 abeam RENLO

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to reach level abeam RENLO

As you see its an advantage to have all charts ndash en-route charts too ndash at hand and ready If

you do not have en-route charts most FMCs available for FS offer the option to enter a

waypoint on the FIX page (or similar) and sometimes even offer to insert an ABEAM

POINT (eg PMDG 737 NG)

Another option is to delay the beginning of descend until ATC can either tell us a certain

point where we have to start our descend or give us an early descend with the option to start

it whenever we want ndash as long as we meet the restrictions ATC gives us So we can maintain

our cruising altitude as long as we want If you prefer to stay high longer and then just drop

out of the sky thats fine if you want to do a steady slow descend you can do that as well

ATC Lufthansa 123 when passing Dinkelsbuumlhel descend FL 180

ATC Lufthansa 123 when ready descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

You can find more important information on the topic descend (planning tactics execution)

in the chapter OPERATION of Flight Training

2364 Holdings

We essentially come across two main types of holdings Published and unpublished or

unknown holdings

You wont be very surprised when I tell you that there are standardized phrases for the entry

and exit of holding patterns More information on holding patterns can be found in the

chapter BASICS of Flight Training

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold at ROKIL (as published)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 holding at ROKIL (as published)

Holding patterns are not unforeseeable so ATC often prepares pilots that there will be a

holding pattern Often this includes the clearance to reduce your speed ndash perhaps you can

avoid the holding this way

ATC Lufthansa 123 expect holding at ROKIL reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 expecting hold over ROKIL reducing to minimum clean speed

As always ndash if ATC does not give us the approval to reduce speed we can just ask him But

dont do it on your own Another aircraft may be on the same level behind us

Pilot Lufthansa 123 may we reduce to minimum clean speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 reducing minimum clean

If a pilot does not know the holding he was instructed to join he has to ask for instructions

ATC will then provide the necessary information to the pilot The holding instruction will

look like this

Fix | inbound course | turn direction | leg timedistance

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request holding instructions

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold over ROKIL inbound track 128 right turns leg time 1 minute

237 Types of Approaches

Next we will establish contact with approach control This is a local control station - as we

learned earlier we have to include the ATIS designator during the initial call A good time to

listen to the ATIS is around your top of descend

Pilot Muumlnchen Arrival Lufthansa 123 FL 185 for FL 180 information Bravo

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Arrival identified Bravo is correct

2371 STAR

This is what a clearance onto a STAR looks like

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

2372 Transition (without Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 16: VATEUD Pilots Manual

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 lining up runway 18 and waiting

behind

It is very important for us to properly identify the traffic that the tower controller indicated to

us and to keep it in sight at all times Should we not see the traffic the conditional clearance

is invalid ndash we have to immediately inform ATC who will then figure out another clearance

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind departing Boeing 737 line up runway 18 and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 negative traffic not in sight

Sometimes ATC ldquoshowsrdquo you the traffic and only gives you the clearance after you

confirmed visual contact

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 on short final runway 25R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 line up runway 25R and wait behind

Pilot Lufthansa 123 behind landing Boeing 737 lining up runway 25R and waiting

behind

2332 Take off Clearance

Now that the runway is cleared we get our take-off clearance The structure and the

information given are always the same

ATC Lufthansa 123 wind 180 degrees 10 knots runway 18 cleared for take off

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 18 cleared for take off

You dont have to read back the wind information as this serves only as an information to the

pilot

234 Departure and Climb

At some airports we have to contact departure ourselves At other airports tower will give the

instruction to call departure with the known phraseology (Lufthansa 123 contact departure

on frequency hellip) Because we are airborne now our current altitude is to be considered in the

next initial-calls as well as the altitude that we are cleared for In this case the altitude were

cleared for is the initial climb altitude that can be found on the charts

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 altitude 2000 feet climbing altitude 4000 feet

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb flight level 80

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climb flight level 80

The controller will identify us on the scope before he gives more instructions As soon as

radarcontact is established ATC will tells us that were bdquoIdentifiedldquo

There are several possibilities why an identification could fail Wrong transponder code

wrong setting of transponder code or a tranponder failure in our airplane The controller will

compair our reported altitude with the altitude indication on his scope If the altitudes match

the controller can separate us from other airplanes bdquoIdentifiedldquo doesnt need to be read back

The controller also could give the instruction to stop our climb before reaching the cleared

altitude

ATC Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Pilot Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Once we reach the border of a sector (either horizontally or vertically) the controller will

instruct us to contact the next station using the already known phraseology He could also tell

us to give further information to the next station eg our speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 report speed to Langen Radar frequency 127500

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will report speed to Langen Radar on frequency 127500

As always when we establish contact with a radar controller we have to report our current

altitude and if different the altitude we are cleared to ndash this is mandatory

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 FL65 for FL70 speed 250 knots

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb FL230

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL230

235 Cruise

We are now cruising along on FL230 There are some situations we may face now but all of

them may appear in other flight phases as well

2351 Proceed Direct to

ATC could give us a short cut to a certain way point It can be part of our flight plan but

does not necessarily have to

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So now we proceed to that point from our present position If the waypoint is part of our

flight plan we follow our routing after that point

This is the same instruction but packed a little differently

ATC Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So we follow our routing as planned until we reach KNG and turn towards DKB afterwards

If you dont get the name of the way point you can ask the controller to spell it (please spell

the name)

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct ANEKI Alpha November Echo Kilo India

Pilot Proceeding direct Alpha November Echo Kilo India Lufthansa 123

2352 Changes to Route

ATC can give us a different routing for a segment

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter proceed direct BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter direct BURAM

2353 Heading and Vectors

Sometimes its necessary to have us turn away from the planned route by using vectors

which are simple headings we need to follow

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn right heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 turning right heading 180

We can of course do the whole turn in the other direction as well

If ATC is not sure in which direction we need to turn he can issue an instruction without a

direction ndash we then turn in the direction where we have to turn the least

ATC Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

236 Approach and Descend

2361 Descend

Slowly but steady we get closer to our destination and want to start descending In case ATC

did not work ahead and issued a descend clearance early we can of course draw the

controllers attention to us and just ask for descend

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request descent or Lufthansa 123 ready for descent

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180

In order to control the descend ATC has a few tools that can be used

2362 Instructing a Rate

ATC can instruct you to descend with a certain vertical speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

2363 Descend Restrictions

If the controller wants us to be at a certain altitude atbehindabeambefore a specified

waypoint he gives an instruction like the following

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

This means that we have to descend in a manner to reach BURAM at FL 180 we could also

reach it earlier if we wanted The net phrase is a little more restricting as we now have to

reach FL 180 exactly at BURAM not earlier not later ndash exactly

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending to reach FL 180 at BURAM

The defined restriction does not have to be bound to a waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Sometimes a controller needs us to reach an altitude somewhere abeam a certain point In

order to follow that instruction we first need to know where that waypoint is That usually

happens when ATC issues vectors This is used if the controller needs us on a specific

altitude at a certain point and we are not following a routing or flying directly to a later

waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 abeam RENLO

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to reach level abeam RENLO

As you see its an advantage to have all charts ndash en-route charts too ndash at hand and ready If

you do not have en-route charts most FMCs available for FS offer the option to enter a

waypoint on the FIX page (or similar) and sometimes even offer to insert an ABEAM

POINT (eg PMDG 737 NG)

Another option is to delay the beginning of descend until ATC can either tell us a certain

point where we have to start our descend or give us an early descend with the option to start

it whenever we want ndash as long as we meet the restrictions ATC gives us So we can maintain

our cruising altitude as long as we want If you prefer to stay high longer and then just drop

out of the sky thats fine if you want to do a steady slow descend you can do that as well

ATC Lufthansa 123 when passing Dinkelsbuumlhel descend FL 180

ATC Lufthansa 123 when ready descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

You can find more important information on the topic descend (planning tactics execution)

in the chapter OPERATION of Flight Training

2364 Holdings

We essentially come across two main types of holdings Published and unpublished or

unknown holdings

You wont be very surprised when I tell you that there are standardized phrases for the entry

and exit of holding patterns More information on holding patterns can be found in the

chapter BASICS of Flight Training

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold at ROKIL (as published)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 holding at ROKIL (as published)

Holding patterns are not unforeseeable so ATC often prepares pilots that there will be a

holding pattern Often this includes the clearance to reduce your speed ndash perhaps you can

avoid the holding this way

ATC Lufthansa 123 expect holding at ROKIL reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 expecting hold over ROKIL reducing to minimum clean speed

As always ndash if ATC does not give us the approval to reduce speed we can just ask him But

dont do it on your own Another aircraft may be on the same level behind us

Pilot Lufthansa 123 may we reduce to minimum clean speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 reducing minimum clean

If a pilot does not know the holding he was instructed to join he has to ask for instructions

ATC will then provide the necessary information to the pilot The holding instruction will

look like this

Fix | inbound course | turn direction | leg timedistance

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request holding instructions

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold over ROKIL inbound track 128 right turns leg time 1 minute

237 Types of Approaches

Next we will establish contact with approach control This is a local control station - as we

learned earlier we have to include the ATIS designator during the initial call A good time to

listen to the ATIS is around your top of descend

Pilot Muumlnchen Arrival Lufthansa 123 FL 185 for FL 180 information Bravo

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Arrival identified Bravo is correct

2371 STAR

This is what a clearance onto a STAR looks like

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

2372 Transition (without Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 17: VATEUD Pilots Manual

The controller also could give the instruction to stop our climb before reaching the cleared

altitude

ATC Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Pilot Lufthansa 123 stop climb FL70

Once we reach the border of a sector (either horizontally or vertically) the controller will

instruct us to contact the next station using the already known phraseology He could also tell

us to give further information to the next station eg our speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 report speed to Langen Radar frequency 127500

Pilot Lufthansa 123 will report speed to Langen Radar on frequency 127500

As always when we establish contact with a radar controller we have to report our current

altitude and if different the altitude we are cleared to ndash this is mandatory

Pilot Langen Radar Lufthansa 123 FL65 for FL70 speed 250 knots

ATC Lufthansa 123 Langen Radar identified climb FL230

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL230

235 Cruise

We are now cruising along on FL230 There are some situations we may face now but all of

them may appear in other flight phases as well

2351 Proceed Direct to

ATC could give us a short cut to a certain way point It can be part of our flight plan but

does not necessarily have to

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So now we proceed to that point from our present position If the waypoint is part of our

flight plan we follow our routing after that point

This is the same instruction but packed a little differently

ATC Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceed direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

Pilot Lufthansa 123 after Konig NDB proceeding direct Dinkelsbuumlhel VOR

So we follow our routing as planned until we reach KNG and turn towards DKB afterwards

If you dont get the name of the way point you can ask the controller to spell it (please spell

the name)

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct ANEKI Alpha November Echo Kilo India

Pilot Proceeding direct Alpha November Echo Kilo India Lufthansa 123

2352 Changes to Route

ATC can give us a different routing for a segment

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter proceed direct BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter direct BURAM

2353 Heading and Vectors

Sometimes its necessary to have us turn away from the planned route by using vectors

which are simple headings we need to follow

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn right heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 turning right heading 180

We can of course do the whole turn in the other direction as well

If ATC is not sure in which direction we need to turn he can issue an instruction without a

direction ndash we then turn in the direction where we have to turn the least

ATC Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

236 Approach and Descend

2361 Descend

Slowly but steady we get closer to our destination and want to start descending In case ATC

did not work ahead and issued a descend clearance early we can of course draw the

controllers attention to us and just ask for descend

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request descent or Lufthansa 123 ready for descent

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180

In order to control the descend ATC has a few tools that can be used

2362 Instructing a Rate

ATC can instruct you to descend with a certain vertical speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

2363 Descend Restrictions

If the controller wants us to be at a certain altitude atbehindabeambefore a specified

waypoint he gives an instruction like the following

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

This means that we have to descend in a manner to reach BURAM at FL 180 we could also

reach it earlier if we wanted The net phrase is a little more restricting as we now have to

reach FL 180 exactly at BURAM not earlier not later ndash exactly

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending to reach FL 180 at BURAM

The defined restriction does not have to be bound to a waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Sometimes a controller needs us to reach an altitude somewhere abeam a certain point In

order to follow that instruction we first need to know where that waypoint is That usually

happens when ATC issues vectors This is used if the controller needs us on a specific

altitude at a certain point and we are not following a routing or flying directly to a later

waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 abeam RENLO

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to reach level abeam RENLO

As you see its an advantage to have all charts ndash en-route charts too ndash at hand and ready If

you do not have en-route charts most FMCs available for FS offer the option to enter a

waypoint on the FIX page (or similar) and sometimes even offer to insert an ABEAM

POINT (eg PMDG 737 NG)

Another option is to delay the beginning of descend until ATC can either tell us a certain

point where we have to start our descend or give us an early descend with the option to start

it whenever we want ndash as long as we meet the restrictions ATC gives us So we can maintain

our cruising altitude as long as we want If you prefer to stay high longer and then just drop

out of the sky thats fine if you want to do a steady slow descend you can do that as well

ATC Lufthansa 123 when passing Dinkelsbuumlhel descend FL 180

ATC Lufthansa 123 when ready descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

You can find more important information on the topic descend (planning tactics execution)

in the chapter OPERATION of Flight Training

2364 Holdings

We essentially come across two main types of holdings Published and unpublished or

unknown holdings

You wont be very surprised when I tell you that there are standardized phrases for the entry

and exit of holding patterns More information on holding patterns can be found in the

chapter BASICS of Flight Training

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold at ROKIL (as published)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 holding at ROKIL (as published)

Holding patterns are not unforeseeable so ATC often prepares pilots that there will be a

holding pattern Often this includes the clearance to reduce your speed ndash perhaps you can

avoid the holding this way

ATC Lufthansa 123 expect holding at ROKIL reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 expecting hold over ROKIL reducing to minimum clean speed

As always ndash if ATC does not give us the approval to reduce speed we can just ask him But

dont do it on your own Another aircraft may be on the same level behind us

Pilot Lufthansa 123 may we reduce to minimum clean speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 reducing minimum clean

If a pilot does not know the holding he was instructed to join he has to ask for instructions

ATC will then provide the necessary information to the pilot The holding instruction will

look like this

Fix | inbound course | turn direction | leg timedistance

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request holding instructions

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold over ROKIL inbound track 128 right turns leg time 1 minute

237 Types of Approaches

Next we will establish contact with approach control This is a local control station - as we

learned earlier we have to include the ATIS designator during the initial call A good time to

listen to the ATIS is around your top of descend

Pilot Muumlnchen Arrival Lufthansa 123 FL 185 for FL 180 information Bravo

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Arrival identified Bravo is correct

2371 STAR

This is what a clearance onto a STAR looks like

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

2372 Transition (without Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 18: VATEUD Pilots Manual

2352 Changes to Route

ATC can give us a different routing for a segment

ATC Lufthansa 123 proceed direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter proceed direct BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 proceeding direct Wuumlrzburg VOR thereafter direct BURAM

2353 Heading and Vectors

Sometimes its necessary to have us turn away from the planned route by using vectors

which are simple headings we need to follow

ATC Lufthansa 123 turn right heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 turning right heading 180

We can of course do the whole turn in the other direction as well

If ATC is not sure in which direction we need to turn he can issue an instruction without a

direction ndash we then turn in the direction where we have to turn the least

ATC Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 fly heading 180

236 Approach and Descend

2361 Descend

Slowly but steady we get closer to our destination and want to start descending In case ATC

did not work ahead and issued a descend clearance early we can of course draw the

controllers attention to us and just ask for descend

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request descent or Lufthansa 123 ready for descent

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180

In order to control the descend ATC has a few tools that can be used

2362 Instructing a Rate

ATC can instruct you to descend with a certain vertical speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 at 2000 feet per minute (or greaterless)

2363 Descend Restrictions

If the controller wants us to be at a certain altitude atbehindabeambefore a specified

waypoint he gives an instruction like the following

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

This means that we have to descend in a manner to reach BURAM at FL 180 we could also

reach it earlier if we wanted The net phrase is a little more restricting as we now have to

reach FL 180 exactly at BURAM not earlier not later ndash exactly

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending to reach FL 180 at BURAM

The defined restriction does not have to be bound to a waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Sometimes a controller needs us to reach an altitude somewhere abeam a certain point In

order to follow that instruction we first need to know where that waypoint is That usually

happens when ATC issues vectors This is used if the controller needs us on a specific

altitude at a certain point and we are not following a routing or flying directly to a later

waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 abeam RENLO

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to reach level abeam RENLO

As you see its an advantage to have all charts ndash en-route charts too ndash at hand and ready If

you do not have en-route charts most FMCs available for FS offer the option to enter a

waypoint on the FIX page (or similar) and sometimes even offer to insert an ABEAM

POINT (eg PMDG 737 NG)

Another option is to delay the beginning of descend until ATC can either tell us a certain

point where we have to start our descend or give us an early descend with the option to start

it whenever we want ndash as long as we meet the restrictions ATC gives us So we can maintain

our cruising altitude as long as we want If you prefer to stay high longer and then just drop

out of the sky thats fine if you want to do a steady slow descend you can do that as well

ATC Lufthansa 123 when passing Dinkelsbuumlhel descend FL 180

ATC Lufthansa 123 when ready descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

You can find more important information on the topic descend (planning tactics execution)

in the chapter OPERATION of Flight Training

2364 Holdings

We essentially come across two main types of holdings Published and unpublished or

unknown holdings

You wont be very surprised when I tell you that there are standardized phrases for the entry

and exit of holding patterns More information on holding patterns can be found in the

chapter BASICS of Flight Training

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold at ROKIL (as published)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 holding at ROKIL (as published)

Holding patterns are not unforeseeable so ATC often prepares pilots that there will be a

holding pattern Often this includes the clearance to reduce your speed ndash perhaps you can

avoid the holding this way

ATC Lufthansa 123 expect holding at ROKIL reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 expecting hold over ROKIL reducing to minimum clean speed

As always ndash if ATC does not give us the approval to reduce speed we can just ask him But

dont do it on your own Another aircraft may be on the same level behind us

Pilot Lufthansa 123 may we reduce to minimum clean speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 reducing minimum clean

If a pilot does not know the holding he was instructed to join he has to ask for instructions

ATC will then provide the necessary information to the pilot The holding instruction will

look like this

Fix | inbound course | turn direction | leg timedistance

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request holding instructions

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold over ROKIL inbound track 128 right turns leg time 1 minute

237 Types of Approaches

Next we will establish contact with approach control This is a local control station - as we

learned earlier we have to include the ATIS designator during the initial call A good time to

listen to the ATIS is around your top of descend

Pilot Muumlnchen Arrival Lufthansa 123 FL 185 for FL 180 information Bravo

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Arrival identified Bravo is correct

2371 STAR

This is what a clearance onto a STAR looks like

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

2372 Transition (without Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 19: VATEUD Pilots Manual

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending FL 180 to be levelled at BURAM

This means that we have to descend in a manner to reach BURAM at FL 180 we could also

reach it earlier if we wanted The net phrase is a little more restricting as we now have to

reach FL 180 exactly at BURAM not earlier not later ndash exactly

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descending to reach FL 180 at BURAM

The defined restriction does not have to be bound to a waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 20 miles before BURAM

Sometimes a controller needs us to reach an altitude somewhere abeam a certain point In

order to follow that instruction we first need to know where that waypoint is That usually

happens when ATC issues vectors This is used if the controller needs us on a specific

altitude at a certain point and we are not following a routing or flying directly to a later

waypoint

ATC Lufthansa 123 descend to reach FL 180 abeam RENLO

Pilot Lufthansa 123 descend FL 180 to reach level abeam RENLO

As you see its an advantage to have all charts ndash en-route charts too ndash at hand and ready If

you do not have en-route charts most FMCs available for FS offer the option to enter a

waypoint on the FIX page (or similar) and sometimes even offer to insert an ABEAM

POINT (eg PMDG 737 NG)

Another option is to delay the beginning of descend until ATC can either tell us a certain

point where we have to start our descend or give us an early descend with the option to start

it whenever we want ndash as long as we meet the restrictions ATC gives us So we can maintain

our cruising altitude as long as we want If you prefer to stay high longer and then just drop

out of the sky thats fine if you want to do a steady slow descend you can do that as well

ATC Lufthansa 123 when passing Dinkelsbuumlhel descend FL 180

ATC Lufthansa 123 when ready descend to reach FL 180 at BURAM

You can find more important information on the topic descend (planning tactics execution)

in the chapter OPERATION of Flight Training

2364 Holdings

We essentially come across two main types of holdings Published and unpublished or

unknown holdings

You wont be very surprised when I tell you that there are standardized phrases for the entry

and exit of holding patterns More information on holding patterns can be found in the

chapter BASICS of Flight Training

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold at ROKIL (as published)

Pilot Lufthansa 123 holding at ROKIL (as published)

Holding patterns are not unforeseeable so ATC often prepares pilots that there will be a

holding pattern Often this includes the clearance to reduce your speed ndash perhaps you can

avoid the holding this way

ATC Lufthansa 123 expect holding at ROKIL reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 expecting hold over ROKIL reducing to minimum clean speed

As always ndash if ATC does not give us the approval to reduce speed we can just ask him But

dont do it on your own Another aircraft may be on the same level behind us

Pilot Lufthansa 123 may we reduce to minimum clean speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 reducing minimum clean

If a pilot does not know the holding he was instructed to join he has to ask for instructions

ATC will then provide the necessary information to the pilot The holding instruction will

look like this

Fix | inbound course | turn direction | leg timedistance

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request holding instructions

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold over ROKIL inbound track 128 right turns leg time 1 minute

237 Types of Approaches

Next we will establish contact with approach control This is a local control station - as we

learned earlier we have to include the ATIS designator during the initial call A good time to

listen to the ATIS is around your top of descend

Pilot Muumlnchen Arrival Lufthansa 123 FL 185 for FL 180 information Bravo

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Arrival identified Bravo is correct

2371 STAR

This is what a clearance onto a STAR looks like

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

2372 Transition (without Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 20: VATEUD Pilots Manual

Pilot Lufthansa 123 holding at ROKIL (as published)

Holding patterns are not unforeseeable so ATC often prepares pilots that there will be a

holding pattern Often this includes the clearance to reduce your speed ndash perhaps you can

avoid the holding this way

ATC Lufthansa 123 expect holding at ROKIL reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 expecting hold over ROKIL reducing to minimum clean speed

As always ndash if ATC does not give us the approval to reduce speed we can just ask him But

dont do it on your own Another aircraft may be on the same level behind us

Pilot Lufthansa 123 may we reduce to minimum clean speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 reduce speed at own discretion

Pilot Lufthansa 123 reducing minimum clean

If a pilot does not know the holding he was instructed to join he has to ask for instructions

ATC will then provide the necessary information to the pilot The holding instruction will

look like this

Fix | inbound course | turn direction | leg timedistance

Pilot Lufthansa 123 request holding instructions

ATC Lufthansa 123 hold over ROKIL inbound track 128 right turns leg time 1 minute

237 Types of Approaches

Next we will establish contact with approach control This is a local control station - as we

learned earlier we have to include the ATIS designator during the initial call A good time to

listen to the ATIS is around your top of descend

Pilot Muumlnchen Arrival Lufthansa 123 FL 185 for FL 180 information Bravo

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Arrival identified Bravo is correct

2371 STAR

This is what a clearance onto a STAR looks like

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared BURAM 1M arrival

2372 Transition (without Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 21: VATEUD Pilots Manual

An instruction like this allows us to follow the lateral path of the transition ATC coordinates

and instructs all changes in altitude But We have to follow the speed restrictions indicated

on the charts anyway as long as the controller does not lift them

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restriction

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition no speed restrictio

2373 Transition (with Profile)

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profile

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ROKIL 26 transition and profi

Now we may follow the lateral and the vertical part of the transition We can now descend to

the altitudes indicated in the charts on own discretion there will be no further instructions on

altitude changes Of course we have to follow the speed restrictions as well

2374 Cleared Direct Waypoint or via waypoints

Another very common way to get a transition clearance is the phrase Cleared direct waypoint

or Cleared via waypoints If you hear something like this you fly directly to the instructed

point and from this point on follow the lateral part of the transition If the controller gives

you two or more waypoints you follow them in the correct order and then join the rest of the

transition You ndash again ndash have to adhere to the speed restrictions (what a surprise) As

always there are exceptions from the rules which you can find in the latest charts and in the

AIP

We will now fly to the RNAV waypoint associated with Munich Airport The designation

follows a simple concept as is the same for many airports ldquoDrdquo for Germany then one letter

to identify the airport the point is associated with in this case an ldquoMrdquo In Zurich they are

named ldquoZHrdquo followed by three figures Usually the controller does not include the leading

letters in a clearance but only uses the figures and assumes the pilot knows which airport

they are approaching so the pilot can do the maths himself and figure out which letters he

must include

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared direct waypoint 425

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared via waypoints 425 and 429

ATTENTION Some transitions do not include the clearance to turn onto final approach If

you reach the last point of the downwind you have to hold the last flown track As always

you will find the detailed information and exceptions on the appropriate charts

2375 Approach Types

The approach itself will be commenced by an ILS a non precision approach or a visual

approach The clearances used for ILS and non precision approaches are more or less the

same a visual approach has a slightly different systematic

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 22: VATEUD Pilots Manual

2376 ILS Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS approach runway 26

This is the most common form It includes

All ATC speed restrictions are now cancelled

Clearance to intercept the localizer and glide slope

Descend to the published intercept altitude of the standard approach

If an ATC does not want the aircraft to change its altitude he can either clear the aircraft to

intercept the localizer only In this case you may not intercept the glide slope without further

clearance or leave your current altitude Another way of preventing an altitude change is to

tell the pilot to maintain a specific altitude until a certain point ATC may also give a new

speed restriction

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared ILS runway 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer 26R maintain 6000ft until glide slope intercept

2377 NDB-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared NDB-DME approach runway 26R

2378 VOR-DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared VOR-DME Approach runway 26R

2379 Localizer DME Approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared Localizer-DME Approach runway 26R

23710 Visual Approach

Before you receive a clearance for a visual approach during which the pilot has to have the

airport in sight at all times ATC needs to verify that the pilot has the airport in sight After

that he will issue the clearance for the visual approach From this point on the pilot is

responsible for his heading altitude and speed

ATC Lufthansa 123 field is at your 3 orsquoclock position range 5 miles report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 field in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 cleared visual approach runway 26R

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 23: VATEUD Pilots Manual

23711 Report Established

Basically you should not report when you are established on final approach but ATC can ask

you to report it He can make a difference between Localizer ILS final track (during a non

precision approach) or final approach (visual approaches)

ILS

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on ILS 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established ILS 26R

Localizer

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on localizer runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established localizer runway 26R

At that point I want to remind you that there is no such a thing as fully established It is a

bad habit that also caught up in the real world to change established ILS runway xx to fully

established But This word does not exist and it can not exist if you really think about it

logically You are either established ILS runway xx (on localizer and glide slope) or you are

established localizer runway xx (localizer only glide slope has not been reached yet)

You will find further information on that topic in chapter Flight training

Final track

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final track NDB-DME approach runway 26R

Final approach

ATC Lufthansa 123 report established on final approach runway 26R

Pilot Lufthansa 123 wilco

Pilot Lufthansa 123 established on final approach runway 26R

23712 Visual Separation

ATC is responsible for the correct separation in all flight phases To be able to go below the

specified minima there is for example the option of visual separation First ATC checks

whether the succeeding pilot has the preceding aircraft in sight and whether he is able to

separate himself If this is the case ATC gives the responsibility for separation the succeeding

pilot

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is an Airbus A320 on 10 miles final 26R report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation from mentioned traffic

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 24: VATEUD Pilots Manual

ATC Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from Airbus A320 on 8 miles final

contact Tower on 118700

Pilot Lufthansa 123 maintain visual separation from A320 contact Tower on 118700

238 Landing Clearance

By now we are established on our final approach time to get in touch with the aerodrome

controller in the tower During initial contact we report what type of approach we are

conducting and which runway we are approaching Any differences from this procedure can

be found in the airport information If traffic permits we will get our landing clearance right

away and if not ATC will say a short hello and give us an information on how many aircraft

will be using the runway before us

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower continue approach number 3

Pilot Lufthansa 123 number 3

or

Pilot Muumlnchen Tower Lufthansa 123 ILS approach runway 26R

ATC Lufthansa 123 Muumlnchen Tower wind 270 degrees 12 knots runway 26R cleared

to land

Pilot Lufthansa 123 runway 26R cleared to land

2381 Go Around

There are several possibilities why an approach should or must be aborted be it the weather

or a utility lying around on the runway The pilot can decide to go around or ATC can

instruct him to do so

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around

ATC Lufthansa 123 follow missed approach as published contact Arrival on frequency

128020

Pilot Lufthansa 123 Missed Approach as published contact Arrival on 128020

or

ATC Lufthansa 123 go around I say again go around Maintain runway heading climb

altitude 5000 feet

Pilot Lufthansa 123 going around Maintain runway heading climb altitude 5000 feet

239 Taxi to Gate

After we vacated the runway we will be guided to the parking position using the exact same

tools we covered in chapter 3122

ATC Lufthansa 123 taxi to gate 250 via W2

Pilot Taxi to gate 250 via W2 Lufthansa 123

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 25: VATEUD Pilots Manual

Important After the taxi instruction leading us to a parking position we have to keep

watching the frequency until we finally reached our parking position ndash but there are no

further calls like On Blocks request engine shut down The flight is over at this point we

made it

24 Specials

There are some situations that are not used every day but it is very useful to have heard of

them

241 Visual ClimbDescend

This method is sometimes used to provide a smooth climb and descend Similar to the visual

separation we covered earlier the pilot is instructed to maintain his own separation from the

preceding traffic in order to go below the minimum separation It is very important that the

planes are in VMC and visual contact is held throughout the whole manoeuvre

ATC Lufthansa 123 confirm VMC

Pilot Lufthansa 123 in VMC

ATC Lufthansa 123 traffic is a Boeing 737 12 orsquoclock position range 5 miles

2000 feet high report in sight

Pilot Lufthansa 123 traffic in sight

ATC Lufthansa 123 are you able to maintain visual separation to the traffic for

the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 affirmative

ATC to

the other

aircraft)

Air Berlin 456 traffic is an Airbus A320 at your 6 orsquoclock position range 5

miles 2000 feet below I will climb him through your level

Other

aircraft Roger Air Berlin 456

ATC Lufthansa 123 climb FL150 maintain visual separation from mentioned

traffic for the next 5 minutes

Pilot Lufthansa 123 climbing FL150 maintaining visual separation from Boeing

737 for the next 5 minutes

242 Emergency

During an emergency you either alert ATC by transponder (setting it to 7700) or if possible

make your distress call on the radio

Pilot Mayday Mayday Mayday Lufthansa 123 declaring emergency

There is no standard phraseology after that ndash ATC and pilot communicate in the way the

situation requires The most important thing is that the pilot tells the controller what his

problem is and what his intentions are Only then ATC can provide the best service possible

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 26: VATEUD Pilots Manual

243 Urgency Messages

Should there be a problem aboard that does not qualify as an emergency (eg a single engine

failure in a B52) you should use the phrase Panpan

Pilot Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Pan-Pan Lufthansa 123 technical problem

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 27: VATEUD Pilots Manual

3 COM MU NICA TIO N

The following document will be split up into two parts The first part includes the basics of

communication and the methods employed on the network to correctly communicate

between other members The second will focus on the phraseology and the how-to of

speaking correctly on the frequency

31 ATC

When communicating with ATC we must be aware of the controllers frequency Using your

pilot client you may find the controllers frequency and tune your radio to it Once on the

frequency you may wait for an opening and begin your transmission by pressing your Push to

Talk Key (PTT) To discuss things with the controller that do not pertain to the flight at hand

you may choose to private message himher using the appropriate method for your software

32 Pilots

Having discussions with pilots is normally done via private chat unless on unicom Please

read your software manual in order to learn how to use private mesages

33 Unicom

The frequency for UNICOM on the VATSIM network is always 122800 It is strictly for text

transmission and reception only On UNICOM pilots shall announce their intentions and

actions to make other pilots aware of their position There is no ATC on UNICOM and pilots

should co-ordinate in order to resolve potential conflicts Lately many pilots are using voice

on UNICOM by accessing a channel through FSX and or setting up one ndash usually

rwliveatcnet122800 Please note that while this is acceptable the official means of

communication remains on text as not everyone uses or is able to use voice

34 Private Messaging and Voice Channels

Private messages are individual conversations between one VATSIM user and another You

may set up a private voice channel through your pilot client which saves a lot of typing

and distractions when trying to pilot your aircraft (especially usefull in busy sectors) It is

usually an alternative to private messaging with another user and more than one user may

enter the private channel at the same time

35 Contact Mes

From time to time you will receive a message from a controller or a network Supervisor that

simply reads contact me on XXXXXXX or Hello my name is XXXX and I am a

VATSIM Supervisor please contact me by typing chat XX_SUP and hit enter then typing

hello (or something similar)

These are important contacts and are not to be taken lightlyTHEY REQUIRE A

RESPONSE ASAP and should not be ignored

If it is a controller it usually means you have entered or are about to enter his sector

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 28: VATEUD Pilots Manual

From a Supervisor it means that they wish to a) assist you in some way b) verify that you are

online and at your computer c) they may be reacting to a complaint by someone if you have

inadvertently made some error d) checking on you as you sent a wallop

36 How to of Communication

The main purpose of this document is not to teach people how to speak we hope you know

this already We are also not trying to teach you how to fly That is also a requirement What

we are trying to achieve here is to teach you how to COMMUNICATE using voice while

flying an altogether different skill

When flying with voice every time you key the microphone you will be using up valuable

airtime If every time you transmit each instruction takes say 20 seconds That could mean

that you and your controller only get one command understood and acted upon every 50

seconds or so by which time other aircraft could have missed a vital instruction ie flown

through an ILS localizer or missed a landing clearance So the main purpose of the training is

to learn how to COMMUNICATE with the minimum of fuss and delay so that the ldquoread-

backsrdquo can be passed to the controller without taking up too much of this valuable airtime

The key is Communication and this means that both the Pilot and the ATCO communicate

their instructions and understandings to each other There is nothing more frustrating for an

ATCO than dealing with pilots who do not communicate sufficiently but who simply reply

with a Roger or (even worse) an ok or Will Do So what are the main basics of voice

flying Well there are many but some of the most important lessons you can learn are these

THINK BEFORE TALKING this sounds obvious but so many people do not do this keying

the microphone and stumbling and stuttering through an instruction which they have not

prepared at all

An example of RT messages often heard from pilots online is Annnndummmm Charlie

Delta ummmm Yankee 662 ummm heading ummm 230 ummm flight level ummm 210

Correction Thatacutes flight level ummm 200 sorry not flight level 210 my mistake Charlie

Delta Yankee 662 Over out

This would take around 20 seconds to say

Compare it with Iberia 845 heading 290 flight level 150 inbound Trosa

This takes 5 seconds to say and is MUCH clearer to the controller Whatacutes the difference

Simple -The pilot KNEW what to say before starting to speak

37 Hints and Tips

To give you a few pointers here is a list of Doacutes and Donacutets of common things that people get

wrong when they first try using voice

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 29: VATEUD Pilots Manual

38 DO

Wait your turn The radio might be busy but that isnt a reason to cut into someone

elses conversation with a controller It just creates even more delays Also listen out

to make sure that the pilot before you reads back his clearance that the controller has

given him before you make you call Remember while you or a controller is

transmitting nobody else can get a message through

Know what you intend to transmit before starting to talk

Be patient just because the controller is not speaking on the radio does not mean he

isnt doing any work In fact much of the work of a controller is done off-air

involving co-ordination with other fellow controllers updating flight strips looking

up clearances or typing instructions all of which take time

Wait a few seconds after joining a frequency before you transmit so you donrsquot

transmit in the middle of a conversation

Readback ALL clearances and instructions

If you dont understand an instruction then ask the controller to say the instruction

again or to explain what it means Use a private message if you dont want to say it

on the air

In order to avoid problems understanding your transmissions please make sure that

you have correctly set up AVC using the auto microphone configure function Also

worth a note for both ATC and pilots Vatsim is a global organization and has many

members to whom English will not be their first language so please spare a special

thought for our foreign counterparts and speak clearly and slowly

If you are unable to comply with an instruction from ATC then tell them so that they

can plan something else for you before it causes a problem with other aircraft in the

vicinity

39 DO NOT

Readback the winds or use the phrase winds copied in reply to a take off or landing

clearance its not needed

Reply standing by to an instruction to standby No reply is necessary at all

The use of the word over is not required

Use (NEGATIVE)

Misunderstand the difference between Flight Levels and Altitudes

310 Read Backs

It is very important to read back certain instructions that ATC give to you so that they know

that you have understood what they have told you It its not necessary to read back absolutely

everything the following list shows some important information that should be readback

Taxi instructions

Levelclimbingdescending instructions

Heading instructions

Speed instructions

Airways or route clearances

Approach clearances

Runway-in-use

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 30: VATEUD Pilots Manual

Clearance to enter land on take-off on backtrack cross or hold short of any active

runway

Transponder operating instructions

Altimeter settings

Frequency changes

Type of radar service

So please note that when you are given your clearance on the ground do not just reply

Roger read back the clearance fully so that ATC can spot if you have misheard or

misinterpreted something they have said eg FL100 is spoken as flight level one hundred

and FL120 is spoken as flight level one two zero Note the word hundred must not be used

for headings

Another phrase used with climbsdescents is when ready This places the responsibility on

the pilot for deciding when to initiate his climbdescent Eg BAW123 when ready descend

FL80 to be level by BNN here the controller has introduced another phrase to be level by

as well

This means exactly what is says commence your descent when you want but you must have

reached FL80 when you arrive at BNN note at BNN not 50nm before please

If on the other hand you do not understand what ATC is communicating to you then it is

equally important that this is properly communicated to ATC as well if it is a case that you

did not understand the instruction then ask ATC to repeat the instruction by using the words

Say Again as part of your read back If it is a case of you not being able to follow the

instruction given then use the words Unable as part of your read back followed by the

reason why you are not able to comply

311 Initial Contact

Many new pilots log on to the network parked at a gate but then expect ATC to start the

communication and when nothing happens they usually log of frustrated due to lack of

success

The Initial Contact on the Ground MUST at all times come from the Pilot and in the

following format SpeedBird 123 B737 at Gate E43 Request IFR Clearance to Paris Orly

This starts the communication flow between Pilot and ATC

Other often heard mistakes my new pilots are those who log on to the network do all the

pre-take off checks FMS flight programming and then suddenly start communications by

saying Transavia 430 Request Taxi or even worse Transavia 430 Ready for Take Off`rdquo

In both cases here the pilot has jumped a few steps of the proper communication procedure

Similarly when ATC hands you over to another controller then you as the pilot need to start

the communication process with the new controller

312 Common Phraseology

The following list contains most common phrases to be used in voice by both pilots and

controllers

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 31: VATEUD Pilots Manual

313 WordPhrase

Acknowledge Let me know that you have received and understood this message

Affirm Yes

Approved Permission for proposed action granted

Break Indicates a seperation between messages

Break Break Indicates the seperation between messages transmitted to different

aircraft in a busy environment

Cancel Annul the previously transmitted clearance

Changing to I intend to call (unit) on (frequency)

Check Examine a system or procedure (Not to be used in any other context

No answer is normally expected

Cleard Authorised to proceed under the conditions specified

Climb Climb and maintain

Confirm I request verification of (clearance instruction action information)

Contact Establish communications with (your details have been passed)

Correction An error has been made in this transmission ( or message indicated)

The correct version is

Descend Descend and maintain

Disregard Ignore

Hold short

Stop before reaching the specified location (only used in limited

circumstances where no defined point exists eg where there is no

suitably located holding point or to reinforce a clearance limit

How do you read What is the readability of my transmission

I say again I repeat for clarity and emphasis

Maintain Continue in accordance with the condition(s) specified or in its literal

sense eg Maintain VFR

Monitor Listen out on frequency (pilots should listen in on freq and what for

ATC to initiate the call

Negative No Permission not granted That is not correct or not capable

Pass your message Proceed with your message

Read back Repeat all or the specified part of this message back to me exactly

as received

Report Pass requested information

Request I should like to know or wish to obtain

Roger

I have received all your last transmission (Under no circumstances

to be used in reply to a question requiring a direct answer in the

affirmative (affirm) or negative (negative) context

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice

Page 32: VATEUD Pilots Manual

Say again Repeat all or the following part of your last transmission

Speak slower Reduce your rate of speech

Standby Wait and I will call you (Standby is not an approval or denial Pilots

are not required to read back Standing by

Unable I cannot comply with your request instruction or clearance (Unable

is normally followed by a reason)

Wilco I understand your message and will comply with it (abbreviation for

comply)

Words twice

As a request Communication is difficult Please send every word

twice (As information since communication is difficult every word

in this message will be sent twice